WO2018027818A1 - 信息传输方法、基站和用户设备 - Google Patents

信息传输方法、基站和用户设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018027818A1
WO2018027818A1 PCT/CN2016/094708 CN2016094708W WO2018027818A1 WO 2018027818 A1 WO2018027818 A1 WO 2018027818A1 CN 2016094708 W CN2016094708 W CN 2016094708W WO 2018027818 A1 WO2018027818 A1 WO 2018027818A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time domain
domain resource
subframe
value
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2016/094708
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
黎超
张兴炜
时洁
孙迎花
刘哲
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to KR1020197006143A priority Critical patent/KR102192556B1/ko
Priority to RU2019106508A priority patent/RU2729414C1/ru
Priority to BR112019002521A priority patent/BR112019002521A2/pt
Priority to JP2019507141A priority patent/JP6728478B2/ja
Priority to PCT/CN2016/094708 priority patent/WO2018027818A1/zh
Priority to EP16912273.6A priority patent/EP3484056B1/en
Priority to CN202010942418.XA priority patent/CN112188625B/zh
Priority to CN201680087896.9A priority patent/CN109478903B/zh
Publication of WO2018027818A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018027818A1/zh
Priority to US16/271,160 priority patent/US11115999B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B1/00—Details of transmission systems, not covered by a single one of groups H04B3/00 - H04B13/00; Details of transmission systems not characterised by the medium used for transmission
    • H04B1/76—Pilot transmitters or receivers for control of transmission or for equalising
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0044—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path allocation of payload
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/14—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex
    • H04L5/1469—Two-way operation using the same type of signal, i.e. duplex using time-sharing
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1268—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of uplink data flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications, and more particularly to an information transmission method, a base station, and a user equipment.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the basic unit of time domain resources in LTE transmission is 1 millisecond (millisecond, ms), and the interval between two transmissions is not less than 4 ms.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a feedback method, a base station, and a user equipment, which can improve the transmission efficiency of the communication system when the transmission delay is reduced.
  • an information transmission method includes: receiving first information, where the first information is used to instruct the UE to send the second information; and acquiring the first parameter value, where the first parameter value is used by And indicating a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located.
  • the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes; determining according to the first parameter value
  • the second time domain resource sends the second information on the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, including: the first parameter value is the first time area The first time domain interval value between the resource and the second time domain resource.
  • determining, by the first parameter value, the second time domain resource is specifically implemented according to the first time domain interval value and The first time domain resource determines the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, including:
  • the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes a correspondence between a location of the first time domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is the first time domain The time domain interval value between the resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or
  • the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value, where the mapping relationship includes a location between the location of the first time domain resource and the first time domain interval value.
  • the first time domain interval value is a time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • determining, by the first parameter value, the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: determining, corresponding to the first parameter value, Mapping a relationship; determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • determining the first according to the mapping relationship is determined by: determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource and the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE; where the predefined The mapping relationship includes: a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in each of the TDD uplink and downlink configurations of the multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations.
  • the specific implementation manner is: the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the first time domain interval The length of the time domain unit of the value.
  • the specific time that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource occupy the time domain are equal to the following. Any one of: the time domain length of one subframe; or the time domain length of one time slot; Or, the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the specific time is that the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value. The length of time.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the method further includes: acquiring the second parameter value, The second parameter value is used to indicate the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located; wherein, according to the first time domain interval value And determining, by the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, where the second subframe is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where the first subframe is the first a subframe in which the time domain resource is located; determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the first time domain resource is in the first sub
  • the relationship between the location of the frame and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is predefined
  • the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is the first subframe a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located, wherein the second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, and the specific time is: according to the first time domain interval value and the first child
  • the frame determines the second subframe; determining, according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, the second time domain resource is The location of the second subframe.
  • the second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, and the specific implementation is implemented. After the first time domain resource is determined, the time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource And determining, by the third time domain resource, the time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value, and the third time domain resource; If the resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determine that the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource; or if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource, determine the third The first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the time domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the obtaining the first parameter value is specifically implemented as: acquiring the indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; determining the first parameter value according to the indication information; wherein the indication information is any one of the following: The maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE, the maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, the transmission mode information of the UE, the capability information of the UE, or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • the first information is scheduling information, and the second information is uplink data information scheduled according to the scheduling information; or
  • the first information is the scheduling information, and the second information is the uplink control information that is scheduled according to the scheduling information; or the first information is the downlink control information, and the second information is the feedback information of the downlink control information; or
  • the first information is downlink data information, and the second information is response information to the downlink data information.
  • a user equipment in a second aspect, includes a sending module, a receiving module, and a processing module, where
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the UE sends the second information, and the processing module is configured to obtain the first parameter value, where the first parameter value is used to indicate the first time domain a location relationship between the resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, the second time domain
  • the time that the resource is occupied in the time domain is not more than one subframe, and the interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes; the processing module is further configured to determine according to the first parameter value.
  • the second time domain resource; the sending module is configured to send the second information on the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, including: the first parameter value is the first time The first time domain interval value between the domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the processing module determines, according to the first parameter value, that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented according to the first time domain interval The value and the first time domain resource determine the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, including:
  • the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes a correspondence between a location of the first time domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is the first time domain The time domain interval value between the resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or
  • the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value, where the mapping relationship includes a location between the location of the first time domain resource and the first time domain interval value.
  • the first time domain interval value is a time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the processing module determines, according to the first parameter value, that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: determining the first parameter value Corresponding mapping relationship; determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • determining the first according to the mapping relationship is determined by: determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource and the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE; where the predefined The mapping relationship includes: a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in each of the TDD uplink and downlink configurations of the multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations.
  • the specific implementation manner is: the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the first time domain interval The length of the time domain unit of the value.
  • the specific time that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource occupy the time domain are equal to the following. Any one of: the time domain length of 1 subframe; or the time domain length of 1 time slot; or the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the specific time is that the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value. The length of time.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the processing module is further configured to: acquire the second parameter value
  • the second parameter value is used to indicate the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located
  • the processing module is configured according to the first time Domain interval value and Determining, by the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, the second subframe is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where the first subframe is the first time a subframe in which the domain resource is located; determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the first time domain resource is in the first sub
  • the relationship between the location of the frame and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is predefined
  • the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located
  • the first subframe is the first subframe a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located
  • the processing module determines the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource
  • the specific implementation is: according to the first time domain interval value and the first Determining the second subframe according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe according to the first time domain resource; The location of the resource in the second subframe.
  • the processing module determines the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the specific implementation is as follows: after determining the first time domain resource, the time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the processing module determines the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource,
  • the specific implementation is: determining a third time domain resource, where the third time domain resource is the first time domain resource, and the time domain resource of the first time domain interval value is separated from the first time domain resource; If the time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determining that the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource; or if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource, determining the The first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the acquiring, by the processing module, the first parameter value is implemented as: acquiring indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter And determining, according to the indication information, the first parameter value, where the indication information is any one of the following: a maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE, a maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, and a transmission mode of the UE. Information, capability information of the UE, or duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • the first information is scheduling information, and the second information is uplink data information scheduled according to the scheduling information; or The first information is scheduling information, and the second information is scheduled according to the scheduling information.
  • another user equipment comprising a processor, a transmitter and a receiver for performing any of the possible implementations of the first aspect or the first aspect by the transmitter and the receiver Methods.
  • a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect.
  • an information transmission method includes: transmitting first information, where the first information is used to instruct the UE to send the second information, and the first parameter value is sent, where the first parameter value is used by And indicating a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located.
  • the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes; determining the second time domain resource And receiving the second information on the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first time value.
  • determining that the second time domain resource is implemented by: the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource Determine the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource. And including: the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes a correspondence between a location of the first time domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is The time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the specific parameter is: the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or The first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • determining that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: determining a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; Determining, in the relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • determining the first according to the mapping relationship is determined by: determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource and the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE; where the predefined The mapping relationship includes: a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in each of the TDD uplink and downlink configurations of the multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations.
  • the specific implementation manner is: the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the first time domain interval The length of the time domain unit of the value.
  • the specific implementation manner is: the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain is equal to the following Any one of: the time domain length of 1 subframe; or the time domain length of 1 time slot; or the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the specific time is that the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value. The length of time.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the method further includes: sending the second parameter value, The second parameter value is used to indicate the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located; wherein, according to the first time domain interval value And determining, by the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, where the second subframe is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where the first subframe is the first a subframe in which the time domain resource is located; determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the first time domain resource is in the first sub
  • the relationship between the location of the frame and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is predefined, and the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is the first subframe a subframe in which the time domain resource is located;
  • Determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource is: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe; The relationship between the location of the first time domain resource and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe determines the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • determining, by using the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource is implemented as After determining the first time domain resource, the time domain resource separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • determining, by using the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource is implemented as Determining a third time domain resource, the third time domain resource being the first time domain resource, the time domain resource separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value; if the third time domain resource is Determining the third time domain resource as the second time domain resource, or determining the third time domain resource if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource The first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the sending the first parameter value is specifically implemented by: sending indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; Determining, according to the indication information, the first parameter value, where the indication information is any one of the following: a maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE, a maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, a transmission mode information of the UE, The capability information of the UE or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • the first information is scheduling information, and the second information is uplink data information scheduled according to the scheduling information; or
  • the first information is the scheduling information, and the second information is the uplink control information that is scheduled according to the scheduling information; or the first information is the downlink control information, and the second information is the feedback information of the downlink control information; or
  • the first information is downlink data information, and the second information is response information to the downlink data information.
  • a base station in a sixth aspect, includes a sending module, a receiving module, and a processing module, where
  • the sending module is configured to send the first information, where the first information is used to instruct the UE to send the second information, and the sending module is further configured to send the first parameter value, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located,
  • the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes;
  • the processing module is further configured to determine the first The second time domain resource;
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the second information on the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first time value.
  • the processing module determines that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented according to the first time domain interval value and the first The time domain resource determines the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource. And including: the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes a correspondence between a location of the first time domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is The time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the specific parameter is: the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or The first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • the processing module determines that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: determining a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; Determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the processing module determines, according to the mapping relationship, The first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource is determined by: determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource and the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE, where The pre-defined mapping relationship includes: a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in each of the TDD uplink and downlink configurations of the plurality of TDD uplink and downlink configurations.
  • the seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect is as follows: the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the specific implementation manner is: the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain is equal to the following Any one of: the time domain length of 1 subframe; or the time domain length of 1 time slot; or the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the specific time is that the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value. The length of time.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the sending module is further configured to send the second parameter value.
  • the second parameter value is used to indicate the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located
  • the processing module is configured according to the first Determining, by the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, the second subframe is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where the first subframe A subframe in which the first time domain resource is located; determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and the first time domain resource is in the first sub
  • the relationship between the location of the frame and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is predefined, and the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is the first subframe a subframe in which the time domain resource is located; wherein the processing module determines, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, according to the first time domain interval value and the first Determining the second subframe according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe according to the first time domain resource; The location of the resource in the second subframe.
  • the processing module determines the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource
  • the specific implementation is as follows: after determining the first time domain resource, the time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the processing module determines the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource
  • the specific implementation is: determining a third time domain resource, where the third time domain resource is the first time domain resource And the time domain resource of the first time domain interval value is separated from the first time domain resource; if the third time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determining that the third time domain resource is the second time a domain resource; or, if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource, determining that the first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the third time domain resource is the second Time domain resources.
  • the sending the first parameter value is specifically implemented by: sending indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; Determining, according to the indication information, the first parameter value, where the indication information is any one of the following: a maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE, a maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, a transmission mode information of the UE, The capability information of the UE or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • the first information is scheduling information, and the second information is uplink data information scheduled according to the scheduling information; or
  • the first information is the scheduling information, and the second information is the uplink control information that is scheduled according to the scheduling information; or the first information is the downlink control information, and the second information is the feedback information of the downlink control information; or
  • the first information is downlink data information, and the second information is response information to the downlink data information.
  • another user equipment comprising a processor, a transmitter and a receiver, for performing any of the possible implementations of the fifth or fifth aspect by the transmitter and the receiver Methods.
  • a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the fifth or fifth aspects of the possible implementation.
  • an information transmission method includes: transmitting a first information, where the first information is data information; acquiring a first parameter value, where the first parameter value is used to indicate the first time domain resource
  • the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second information is The response information of the first information, the time occupied by the second time domain resource in the time domain is not more than one subframe, and the interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes;
  • the first parameter value determines the second time domain resource and receives the second information on the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, including: the first parameter value is the first time area The first time domain interval value between the resource and the second time domain resource.
  • determining, by the first parameter value, the second time domain resource is specifically implemented according to the first time domain interval value and The first time domain resource determines the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, including: The first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes a correspondence between a location of the first time domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is the first time domain The time domain interval value between the resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the specific parameter is: the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or The first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value, where the mapping relationship includes a location between the location of the first time domain resource and the first time domain interval value.
  • the first time domain interval value is a time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • determining, by the first parameter value, the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: determining, corresponding to the first parameter value Mapping a relationship; determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • determining the first according to the mapping relationship is determined by: determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource and the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE; where the predefined The mapping relationship includes: a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in each of the TDD uplink and downlink configurations of the multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations.
  • the specific implementation manner is: the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the first time domain interval The length of the time domain unit of the value.
  • the specific time that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource occupy the time domain are equal to the following Any one of: the time domain length of one subframe; or the time domain length of one time slot; Or, the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the specific time is that the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value. The length of time.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the method further includes: acquiring the second parameter value, The second parameter value is used to indicate the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located; wherein, according to the first time domain interval value And determining, by the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, where the second subframe is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where the first subframe is the first a subframe in which the time domain resource is located; determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the first time domain resource is in the first sub
  • the relationship between the location of the frame and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is predefined
  • the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is the first subframe a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located, wherein the second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, and the specific time is: according to the first time domain interval value and the first child
  • the frame determines the second subframe; determining, according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, the second time domain resource is The location of the second subframe.
  • the second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, and the specific implementation is After the first time domain resource is determined, the time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, and the specific implementation is And determining, by the third time domain resource, the time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value, and the third time domain resource; If the resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determine that the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource; or if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource, determine the third The first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the time domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the obtaining the first parameter value is specifically implemented as: acquiring the indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; determining the first parameter value according to the indication information; wherein the indication information is any one of the following: The maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE, the maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, the transmission mode information of the UE, the capability information of the UE, or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • a user equipment includes a sending module, a receiving module, and a processing module, where
  • the sending module is configured to send the first information, where the first information is the data information
  • the processing module is configured to obtain the first parameter value, where the first parameter value is used to indicate the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource a location relationship, the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located, the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second information is a response information of the first information.
  • the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes; the processing module is further configured to use The first parameter value determines the second time domain resource; the receiving module is configured to receive the second information on the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, including: the first parameter value is the first time The first time domain interval value between the domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the processing module determines, according to the first parameter value, that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented according to: the first time domain interval The value and the first time domain resource determine the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, including:
  • the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes a correspondence between a location of the first time domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is the first time domain The time domain interval value between the resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the specific parameter is: the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or The first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value, where the mapping relationship includes a location between the location of the first time domain resource and the first time domain interval value.
  • the first time domain interval value is the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource The time interval value between.
  • the processing module determines, according to the first parameter value, that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: determining the first parameter value Corresponding mapping relationship; determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • determining the first according to the mapping relationship is determined by: determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource and the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE; where the predefined The mapping relationship includes: a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in each of the TDD uplink and downlink configurations of the multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations.
  • the specific implementation manner is: the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the first time domain interval The length of the time domain unit of the value.
  • the specific time that the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource occupy the time domain are equal to the following Any one of: the time domain length of 1 subframe; or the time domain length of 1 time slot; or the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the specific time is that the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value. The length of time.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the processing module is further configured to: acquire the second parameter value
  • the second parameter value is used to indicate the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the processing module is configured according to the first time
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the first time domain resource is in the first sub Framed
  • the relationship between the location and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is predefined
  • the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is the first time a subframe in which the domain resource is located, where the processing module determines the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource
  • the specific implementation is: according to the first time domain interval value and the first child
  • the frame determines the second subframe; determining, according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, the second time domain resource is The location of the second subframe.
  • the processing module determines the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the specific implementation is as follows: after determining the first time domain resource, the time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the processing module determines the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource,
  • the specific implementation is: determining a third time domain resource, where the third time domain resource is the first time domain resource, and the time domain resource of the first time domain interval value is separated from the first time domain resource; If the time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determining that the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource; or if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource, determining the The first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the acquiring, by the processing module, the first parameter value is implemented as: acquiring indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter And determining, according to the indication information, the first parameter value, where the indication information is any one of the following: a maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE, a maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, and a transmission mode of the UE. Information, capability information of the UE, or duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • another user equipment comprising a processor, a transmitter and a receiver for performing any of the possible implementations of the ninth or ninth aspect by the transmitter and the receiver The method in .
  • a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the ninth or ninth aspects of the ninth aspect.
  • a method for transmitting information comprising: receiving first information, wherein the first information is data information; transmitting a first parameter value, wherein the first parameter value is used And indicating a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located,
  • the second information is response information to the first information, where the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource Less than four subframes; determining the second time domain resource and transmitting the second information on the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first The first time domain interval value between the time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • determining that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented according to: the first time domain interval value and the first time The domain resource determines the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the positional relationship includes: the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes a correspondence between a location of the first time domain resource and a first time domain interval value, and the first time domain interval value A time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or
  • the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • determining that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: determining a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; Determining, by the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • determining the The first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource is determined by: determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource and the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE;
  • the pre-defined mapping relationship includes: a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in each of the TDD uplink and downlink configurations of the multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations.
  • the seventh possible implementation in the thirteenth aspect is specifically implemented as: the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the specific time is: the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain Equivalent to any one of the following: the time domain length of 1 subframe; or the time domain length of 1 time slot; or the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the specific implementation is: when the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the first time domain interval value The length of the domain unit.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the method further includes: sending the second parameter a value, the second parameter value is used to indicate a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located; wherein, according to the first time domain And determining, by the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, the second subframe is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where the first subframe is the a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located; determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the first time domain resource is in the first
  • the relationship between the location of a subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is predefined
  • the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located
  • the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located
  • the second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, and is implemented according to the first time domain interval value and the first
  • the subframe determines the second subframe; determining the second time domain resource according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe according to the first time domain resource At the location of the second subframe.
  • the second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource
  • the method is implemented as: after determining the first time domain resource, the time domain resource separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource
  • the implementation is: determining a third time domain resource, where the third time domain resource is the first time domain resource, and Determining, by the first time domain resource, a time domain resource of the first time domain interval value; if the third time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determining that the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource; Or, if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource, determining that the first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource .
  • the sending the first parameter value is specifically implemented by: sending indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter And determining, according to the indication information, the first parameter value, where the indication information is any one of the following: a maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE, a maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, and a transmission mode of the UE. Information, capability information of the UE, or duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • a base station includes a sending module, a receiving module, and a processing module, where
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the first information, where the first information is the data information, and the sending module is configured to send the first parameter value, where the first parameter value is used to indicate the first time domain resource and the second time
  • the location relationship of the domain resource the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second information is the first information
  • the response information the time occupied by the second time domain resource in the time domain is not more than one subframe, and the interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes; Determining the second time domain resource; the sending module is further configured to send the second information on the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a positional relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first The first time domain interval value between the time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the processing module determines that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented according to the first time domain interval value and the The first time domain resource determines the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the positional relationship includes: the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes a correspondence between a location of the first time domain resource and a first time domain interval value, and the first time domain interval value A time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or the first parameter value is a minimum of a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value. Time interval value.
  • the processing module determines that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: determining a mapping corresponding to the first parameter value And determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the processing module when the carrier used by the UE to send the second information is a TDD carrier, the processing module is configured according to the mapping relationship
  • the determining the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource is determined by: determining, according to the mapping relationship, the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource and the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE;
  • the pre-defined mapping relationship includes: a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in each TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations.
  • the specific implementation manner is: the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the first time The length of the time domain unit of the interval value.
  • the specific implementation is: the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain Equivalent to any one of the following: the time domain length of 1 subframe; or the time domain length of 1 time slot; or the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the specific implementation time is: when the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the first time domain interval value The length of the domain unit.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the sending module is further configured to send the second a parameter value
  • the second parameter value is used to indicate a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe
  • the processing module is configured according to the The first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource determine the second time domain resource
  • the specific implementation is: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where the first The subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located; determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the first time domain resource is in the first The relationship between the location of a subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is predefined
  • the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located
  • the first subframe is The subframe in which the first time domain resource is located
  • the processing module determines, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, according to the first time domain interval value and Determining the second subframe according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe according to the first time domain resource;
  • the time domain resource is at the location of the second subframe.
  • the processing module determines the second time according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource
  • the domain resource is specifically implemented as: after determining the first time domain resource, the time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the processing module determines the second time according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource
  • the domain resource is specifically implemented as: determining a third time domain resource, where the third time domain resource is a time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value; If the third time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, the third time domain resource is determined to be the second time domain resource; or, if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource, The first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the third time domain resource is determined as the second time domain resource.
  • the sending the first parameter value is specifically implemented by: sending indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter And determining, according to the indication information, the first parameter value, where the indication information is any one of the following: a maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE, a maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, and a transmission mode of the UE. Information, capability information of the UE, or duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • another base station comprising a processor, a transmitter and a receiver for performing any of the possible implementations of the thirteenth aspect or the thirteenth aspect by the transmitter and the receiver The method in the way.
  • a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising any of the possible implementations for performing the thirteenth aspect or the thirteenth aspect The instruction of the method in the formula.
  • a method for information transmission comprising: receiving a configuration index value, wherein the configuration index value is used to indicate a transmission period of the control information and a first time domain resource offset, the first time The time domain occupied by the domain resource in the time domain is less than one subframe; the time domain resource of the control information is determined according to the system frame number and the configuration index value; and the control information is sent on the time domain resource.
  • the specific implementation is: the control information includes CSI, SR, or HARQ response information.
  • the specific implementation is: the sending period indicated by the configuration index value and the time domain resource offset The time domain unit of at least one of the same time period as the time domain resource occupies in the time domain.
  • the time domain resource of the control information is: determining, according to the configuration index value, the sending period and the first time domain resource offset; according to the system frame number, the sending period, and the first time domain resource The offset and the second time domain resource offset value determine the time domain resource; wherein the first time domain offset value is an offset value associated with the type of the control information, and the first time domain offset value is used And indicating an offset value of the control information in the sending period; a duration of the second time domain offset value is equal to a duration of one or more time domain resources, or a duration of the second offset value is equal to one subframe The length of time.
  • the specific implementation is that the second time domain resource offset value is predefined; or the second time domain resource offset value is sent by the base station to the UE.
  • Determining the time domain resource of the control information according to the system frame number and the configuration index value is specifically: determining the location of the time domain resource according to the product M*nf of the system frame number nf and M and the configuration index value; or, according to the system frame number The product M*10*nf of nf and M and the configuration index value determine the location of the time domain resource; wherein M is determined by the duration of the subframe and the duration of the time domain resource, and M is a positive integer.
  • the time domain resource that determines the control information according to the system frame number and the configuration index value is specifically implemented as: Determining a candidate time domain resource according to the system frame number and the configuration index value; if the candidate time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determining that the candidate time domain resource is a time domain resource of the control information; or, if If the candidate time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource, the first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the time domain resource is determined as the time domain resource of the control information.
  • a user equipment is provided for performing the method of a possible implementation of the seventeenth aspect or the seventeenth aspect.
  • the apparatus may comprise means for performing the method of any of the seventeenth or seventeenth aspects of the seventeenth aspect.
  • another user equipment comprising a processor, a transmitter and a receiver, for performing any of the possible aspects of the seventeenth aspect or the seventeenth aspect by the transmitter and the receiver The method in the implementation.
  • a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method of any of the seventeenth or seventeenth aspects.
  • a method for transmitting information comprising: receiving first information, wherein the first information is response information to the second information, and the second information is data information; acquiring the first a parameter value, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the second time domain is The resource is the time domain resource where the second information is located, and the time occupied by the second time domain resource in the time domain is not more than one subframe, and the interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four. Subframes; determining the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, including: the first parameter value is the first The first time domain interval value between the one time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • determining that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: according to the first time domain interval value and the first The one time domain resource determines the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate the first time domain resource and the second time domain.
  • the positional relationship of the resource includes: the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes a correspondence between a location of the first time domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time The domain interval value is a time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • determining that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: determining a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value Determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the carrier used by the UE to send the second information is a TDD carrier
  • the determining the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource is: determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource and the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE;
  • the pre-defined mapping relationship includes: a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in each of the TDD uplink and downlink configurations of the multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations.
  • the specific implementation manner is: the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the first The length of the time domain unit of the time interval value.
  • the specific implementation is: the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource occupy the time domain
  • the duration is equal to any of the following: the time domain length of 1 subframe; or the time domain length of 1 slot; or the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the specific implementation manner is: the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the first time domain interval value.
  • the duration of the time domain unit is:
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the method further includes: sending the a second parameter value, the second parameter value is used to indicate a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located; Determining, by the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource, the second subframe is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where the first subframe Is the subframe in which the first time domain resource is located; Determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and the first time domain resource
  • the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is predefined, and the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, the first subframe
  • the frame is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located, where the determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource is specifically implemented according to the first time domain interval value and the Determining the second subframe according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe according to the first time domain resource; The location of the domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the second time domain is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource
  • the resource is specifically implemented as: before determining the first time domain resource, the time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the sending the first parameter value is specifically implemented by: sending indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first a parameter value; determining the first parameter value according to the indication information; wherein the indication information is any one of the following: a maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE, a maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, and a UE Transmission mode information, capability information of the UE, or a duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • a user equipment is provided for performing the method in a possible implementation of the twenty-first aspect or the twenty-first aspect.
  • the apparatus may comprise means for performing the method of any of the possible implementations of the twenty-first aspect or the twenty-first aspect.
  • another user equipment comprising a processor, a transmitter and a receiver, the processor for performing the twenty-first aspect or the twenty-first aspect by the transmitter and the receiver
  • the method in any possible implementation.
  • a twenty-fourth aspect a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program comprising the method of any of the possible implementations of the twenty-first aspect or the twenty-first aspect instruction.
  • the information transmission method, the base station, and the user equipment in the embodiment of the present invention when the transmission delay is reduced, determining the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value, and shortening the first time of receiving the first information
  • the time interval between the domain resource and the second time domain resource that sends the second information so that the sending interval of the sending data or the feedback control information is shorter, the performance gain of the delay reduction can be obtained, and the transmission efficiency and the throughput of the network are improved. Thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the communication system.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a method of information transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a time slot relationship between a first time domain resource and a second time domain resource according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method of information transmission in another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method of information transmission in still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method of information transmission according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method of information transmission according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a method of information transmission according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 15 is a block diagram showing the structure of a base station according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 17 is a block diagram showing the structure of a base station according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • UE User equipment
  • the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) phone, a WLL (Wireless Local Loop) station, a PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), and a wireless communication.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with the mobile device, and the network device may be a BTS (Base Transceiver Station) in GSM (Global System of Mobile communication) or CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access).
  • the base station may be an NB (NodeB, base station) in WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), or an eNB or an eNodeB (Evolutional Node B) in LTE (Long Term Evolution).
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the system to which the present invention is adapted may be a system for FDD (Frequency Division Duplex), TDD (Time Division Duplex), or FDD and TDD duplex mode, and the present invention does not Make a limit.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • FDD and TDD duplex mode FDD and TDD duplex mode
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a method of information transmission according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method of Figure 1 is performed by the user Device execution.
  • the first information is received, where the first information is used to instruct the UE to send the second information.
  • the first parameter value is obtained, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located,
  • the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource The interval between them is less than four subframes.
  • the first time domain resource mentioned in the present invention is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the resource occupied by the first information transmission may include all or part of the frequency domain resource and code on the first time domain resource.
  • the second time domain resource mentioned in the present invention is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the resource occupied by the second information transmission may include all or part of the frequency domain resource and code on the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value acquired by the UE is information for indicating a time domain resource, and further, the UE may further obtain information about a specific frequency domain resource, a code domain resource, an airspace resource, and the like on the time domain resource, and the present invention
  • the embodiment is not limited herein.
  • a subframe referred to in the embodiment of the present invention refers to a unit that occupies a physical resource of a specific transmission duration, and the length thereof is predefined.
  • One subframe may include two or more slots, or include multiple symbols, for example, 10 symbols, 14 symbols, and the like.
  • the duration of one subframe may be 1 ms, or 0.5 ms, or 0.125 ms, etc., and the present invention does not limit the specific value.
  • the duration occupied by one sub-frame is shortened, the duration of the time slot or symbol within the sub-frame is also correspondingly shortened.
  • one subframe includes two slots, and the slot duration of a 0.5 ms subframe is 1/2 of the slot duration of a subframe of 1 ms.
  • the first parameter value obtained by the UE may be sent by the network side device such as a base station to the UE, or may be specified by a protocol.
  • step S110 and the step S120 are not in a strict order in time, and the step S120 may occur before the step S110, or after the step S110, or coincide with the step S110, which is not limited herein.
  • the first information and the first parameter value may be transmitted by the same message, that is, the first parameter value may also be included in the message that the UE receives the first information.
  • the first parameter value acquired by the UE is information for indicating a time domain resource, and further, the UE may further obtain information about a specific frequency domain resource, a code domain resource, an airspace resource, and the like on the time domain resource, and the present invention
  • the embodiment is not limited herein.
  • the UE when the transmission delay is reduced, determines the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value, and can shorten the first time domain resource that receives the first information and the second time domain that sends the second information.
  • the time interval between resources makes the transmission interval of the transmission data or the feedback control information shorter, and the performance gain of the delay reduction can be obtained, the transmission efficiency and the throughput of the network are improved, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the communication system.
  • the first information is scheduling information
  • the second information is uplink data information scheduled according to the scheduling information.
  • the UE can shorten the transmission interval between the scheduling information and the uplink data, and improve the efficiency of the uplink data transmission and the network throughput rate.
  • the first information is scheduling information
  • the second information is uplink control information scheduled according to the scheduling information.
  • the control information is a non-periodic CSI
  • the scheduling information is trigger information of the CSI, and the like.
  • the first information is downlink control information
  • the second information is feedback information about the downlink control information.
  • the UE can shorten the interval between the downlink control information and the feedback information, and improve the efficiency of the downlink control information feedback.
  • the first information is downlink data information
  • the second information is response information to the downlink data information.
  • the response information herein may include positive acknowledgement information (ACK) or Negative Acknowledgement (NACK).
  • ACK positive acknowledgement information
  • NACK Negative Acknowledgement
  • the UE can shorten the interval between the downlink data information and the response information, and improve the efficiency of the response information feedback.
  • the first parameter value may indicate a positional relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in a plurality of manners.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first time domain resource and the second The first time domain interval value between time domain resources.
  • the first time domain interval value is equal to the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • Time domain interval if the duration of the first time domain resource or the second time domain resource is not equal to the duration unit of the first time domain interval value, the first time domain interval value represents the time domain unit in which the first time domain resource is located The interval between the time domain unit and the time domain unit where the second time domain resource is located, the duration of the time domain unit is not less than the first time domain resource The duration of either the source or the second time domain resource.
  • the unit duration of the first parameter value may be the duration occupied by 1 subframe, the duration occupied by 1 slot, the duration occupied by 2 symbols, or the duration occupied by 4 symbols. and many more.
  • the base station may send a first parameter value to the UE, where the value is 2, and the unit is a subframe, indicating that the time domain interval between the subframe where the first time domain resource is located and the subframe where the second time domain resource is located is 2 frame.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value may be implemented as: determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource The second time domain resource.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may have multiple implementation manners.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: after determining the first time domain resource, the first time domain resource is separated from the first time domain resource.
  • the time domain resource of the one-time interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the subframe n+k may be determined to be the second time domain resource.
  • the subcarrier used to transmit the second information is a subcarrier of the FDD, the UE can generally adopt this manner.
  • the first time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is determined according to the first parameter value, and then the first time domain resource and the first time domain interval value are determined according to the first time domain resource value.
  • the two-time domain resource makes the transmission interval of the transmission data or the feedback control information shorter, so that the performance gain of the delay reduction can be obtained, and the transmission efficiency and the throughput of the network are improved.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource A third time domain resource; if the third time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determining that the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the third time domain resource may be a time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value after the first time domain resource.
  • the third time domain resource after determining the third time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, determining whether the third time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, and in the third When the time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, the third time domain resource is determined to be the second time domain resource, so that the UE avoids sending the second information on the downlink time domain resource or the unavailable time domain resource.
  • Table 1 shows the transmission period and frame structure in different TDD uplink and downlink configurations. Where D represents a downlink subframe, U represents an uplink subframe, and S represents a special subframe.
  • the frequency domain resource used by the UE to transmit the second information is a TDD subcarrier
  • the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE is set to 1
  • the subframe n of the first time domain resource takes a value of 4.
  • the value of the field interval value k is 3 subframes, and the UE may determine that the subframe n+k is the third time domain resource, that is, determine that the subframe 7 is the third time domain resource. Since the subframe 7 is an available uplink subframe, the UE may transmit the second information on the subframe 7.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: determining a third time domain resource, where the third time domain resource is the first After the time domain resource, the time domain resource of the first time domain interval value is separated from the first time domain resource; if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource, determining the third time domain The first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the downlink and downlink configuration of the UE is set to 1, the subframe n of the first time domain resource takes a value of 4, and the subframe interval k takes a value of 2, then the subframe n+k can be determined.
  • Subframe 6 further, it can be determined that the subframe 6 is a special subframe, and the UE can select the first available uplink subframe after the subframe 6 as the second time domain resource, that is, select the subframe 7 as the second time domain resource.
  • the second information is transmitted on subframe 7.
  • the UE may also choose not to send the second information. For example, if the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE is set to 1, the subframe n of the first time domain resource takes a value of 4, and the subframe interval k takes a value of 2, the UE can determine the subframe 6 and After confirming that subframe 6 is not an available uplink subframe, the second information is discarded.
  • duration unit of the first time domain interval value may also be 1 time slot, or 2 symbols, or 4 symbols, and so on.
  • D indicates that the time slot is used for transmitting downlink data
  • U indicates that the time slot is used for transmitting uplink data
  • S indicates that the time slot is a special time slot.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, including: the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, and the mapping The relationship includes a correspondence between a location of the first time domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is a time domain interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource value.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value may be implemented as: determining a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; and determining the first time domain according to the mapping relationship The first time domain interval value corresponding to the resource; determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the predefined mapping relationship is determined according to the first parameter value, and then the first time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is determined according to the predefined mapping relationship, and further Determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain resource and the first time domain interval value, so that the sending Data or feedback control information is sent at shorter intervals, enabling performance gains with reduced latency, improved transmission efficiency, and network throughput.
  • the definition of the first time domain interval value in the embodiment of the present invention is similar to the definition of the first time domain interval value in the embodiment in which the first parameter value is the first time domain interval value, and details are not described herein again.
  • determining the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource according to the mapping relationship includes: determining, according to the mapping relationship, the first time domain interval value a first time domain interval value corresponding to the time domain resource and the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE; wherein the predefined mapping relationship includes: the first one of each TDD uplink and downlink configuration of multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations The first time domain interval value corresponding to the time domain resource.
  • the predefined mapping relationship may be a mapping relationship table specified by the protocol, and the like.
  • Table 3, Table 4, and Table 5 respectively show a possible mapping relationship table of TDD, and the unit of measure of the time domain interval value in the mapping relationship table is a subframe.
  • the second row indicates the subframe number
  • the first column indicates various different TDD uplink and downlink configurations.
  • a row in the table indicates a corresponding subframe interval value in each subframe corresponding to the uplink and downlink configuration of the TDD.
  • the corresponding subframe interval is 3.
  • the corresponding subframe interval is 1.
  • mapping relationship may be indicated in various manners.
  • the first parameter value may be an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • the mapping relationship table shown in Table 3-5 is taken as an example. If the index of the mapping relationship table represented by Table 3-5 is 1, 2, and 3, respectively, the first parameter value carried in the third information is used. When it is 1, it indicates that the mapping relation table shown in Table 3 is selected.
  • the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • the minimum time domain interval value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, and the minimum time domain interval in different mapping relationships is different.
  • the mapping relationship table shown in Table 3-5 is taken as an example.
  • the first parameter value is 1, and the mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value is the mapping relationship table shown in Table 5.
  • mapping relationship table may also be as shown in Table 6.
  • the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain is equal to any one of the following: a time domain length of one subframe; or a time domain length of one time slot; Or, the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the second time domain resource cannot be completely determined according to the first time domain interval value and the second time domain resource.
  • the location of the second time domain resource in the time domain unit in which the second time domain resource is located is also required, and the time domain unit is the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the first time domain resource is at a location of the first subframe and the second time
  • the relationship between the location of the second resource in the second subframe is predefined, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is a child of the first time domain resource frame.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and when the time domain occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is a slot, the first time domain resource is The relationship between the location index in the first time domain unit and the location index of the second time domain resource in the second time domain unit may be one of the following:
  • the second time domain resource uses an odd time slot of the second subframe
  • the second time domain resource uses an even time slot of the second subframe
  • the second time domain resource uses an odd time slot of the second subframe
  • the second time domain resource uses an even time slot of the second subframe
  • the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located
  • the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource where the second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe. Determining, according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, the second time domain resource in the second subframe position.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a time slot relationship between a first time domain resource and a second time domain resource according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first time domain resource uses the odd time slot of the first subframe
  • the second time domain resource uses the odd time slot of the second subframe.
  • the UE obtains scheduling information by using the UE Grant on the odd time slot of the subframe n
  • the subframe interval is k subframes, that is, the first time domain resource of the UE is an odd time slot of the subframe n.
  • the first time domain interval value is k.
  • the UE may determine the subframe n+k according to the first time domain resource and the first time domain interval value, and according to the location of the first time domain resource in the first subframe and the second time domain resource in the second The relationship between the positions of the subframes determines the slot position of the second time domain resource in the subframe n+k, that is, the odd time slot of the subframe n+k is determined to be the second time domain resource.
  • the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource may also be used to use the symbol of the location in the subframe, and so on.
  • the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource may be specified to use symbol 0 and symbol 1 of the subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and when the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource occupy 2 symbols, the first time domain resource is in the The location index in the first time domain unit and the location index of the second time domain resource in the second time domain unit are the same or different in the subframe.
  • the second time domain resource is specified in advance. The location within the subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, so that the UE can accurately locate the second time domain resource Where it is.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the method further includes: acquiring a second parameter value, where the second parameter value is used by And indicating a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe,
  • the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located, and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is determined according to the second parameter value.
  • the subframe in which the first time domain resource is located is the subframe n
  • the first parameter value obtained by the UE indicates that the first time domain interval value is k
  • the second parameter value obtained by the UE is obtained.
  • the value is 0, indicating an odd slot; in this case, the UE may first determine that the subframe n+k is the subframe in which the second time domain resource is located according to the first time domain resource and the first time domain interval value, and then according to the subframe
  • the second parameter value determines that the odd time slot in the subframe n+k is the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value described above may be sent by the base station or specified by the protocol.
  • the base station may directly send the first parameter value or implicitly indicate the first parameter value by other information.
  • optionally obtaining the first parameter value may be specifically implemented as:
  • the indication information is any one of the following:
  • the maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE The maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, the transmission mode information of the UE, the capability information of the UE, or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • the protocol may define a maximum supported TA value, the different TA values correspond to different first parameter values, and the UE determines the first parameter value by using the maximum TA value sent by the base station. For example, there are 4 different TA values corresponding to 4 different first parameter values. In general, the larger the TA value, the larger the value of the first parameter corresponding to the TA value. Or, for example, there are M kinds of TA values, and there are N first parameter values, where M and N are both non-zero integers, M ⁇ N, that is, one TA value may correspond to one or more first parameter values. .
  • the TA value may be obtained by receiving signaling sent by the base station,
  • the signaling may be sent via a broadcast message or a multicast message.
  • the protocol can define a maximum supported TBS value, and different TBS values correspond to different first parameter values.
  • the UE determines the first parameter value by using the maximum TBS value sent by the base station. Similar to the TA value, one TBS value corresponds to only one first parameter value, or one TBS value corresponds to one or more first parameter values.
  • the transmission mode may be mode 0, mode 1, mode 2, mode 3, etc., and different transmission mode values correspond to different first parameter values.
  • the transmission mode herein may refer to any one of the following: different multi-antenna transmission modes (eg, single antenna or multiple antennas, transmit diversity or spatial multiplexing, single-user MIMO (Multiple Input Multiple Output) or more User MIMO, single-stream or multi-stream); whether to use the cooperative mode of transmission (multi-point coordinated transmission mode, non-cooperative transmission mode); different transmission duration corresponding transmission mode (such as 1ms duration transmission mode, 1 hour) Gap transfer mode, 2-symbol transfer mode, 4-symbol transfer mode).
  • the UE determines the first parameter value by using the transmission mode information sent by the base station.
  • one transmission mode information corresponds to only one first parameter value, or one transmission mode information corresponds to one or more first parameter values.
  • the first parameter value of the transmission mode with a length of 1 ms may be 3 or 4; the transmission mode with a length of 2 symbols, the first parameter value may be 4 to 8.
  • this information is used to indicate the specific value of the corresponding first parameter for each transmission. This information can be predefined or indicated by the base station.
  • the different capability information of the UE corresponds to different first parameter values, and the UE determines the first parameter value according to the capability information of the UE.
  • the UE may determine the first parameter value according to the duration type of the second time domain resource. For example, a duration of 1 ms corresponds to a first parameter value of 3, a duration of 0.5 ms corresponds to a first parameter value of 2, and so on.
  • the signaling of the indication may be reduced.
  • the signaling of the indication may be reduced.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a method of information transmission in another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of FIG. 3 is performed by a network side device, such as a base station or the like, or by a D2D device.
  • the method includes:
  • the first information is sent, where the first information is used to instruct the UE to send the second information.
  • the first parameter value is sent, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located,
  • the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource The interval between them is less than four subframes.
  • the first time domain resource mentioned in the present invention is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the resource occupied by the first information transmission may include all or part of the frequency domain resource and code on the first time domain resource.
  • the second time domain resource mentioned in the present invention is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the resource occupied by the second information transmission may include all or part of the frequency domain resource and code on the second time domain resource.
  • Domain resources airspace resources.
  • the first parameter value sent by the base station is used to indicate the information of the time domain resource. Further, the base station may further send information about the specific frequency domain resource, the code domain resource, the airspace resource, and the like on the time domain resource to the UE.
  • the embodiments of the present invention are not limited herein.
  • a subframe referred to in the embodiment of the present invention refers to a unit that occupies a physical resource of a specific transmission duration, and the length thereof is predefined.
  • One subframe may include two or more slots, or include multiple symbols, for example, 10 symbols, 14 symbols, and the like.
  • the duration of one subframe may be 1 ms, or 0.5 ms, or 0.125 ms, etc., and the present invention does not limit the specific value.
  • the duration occupied by one sub-frame is shortened, the duration of the time slot or symbol within the sub-frame is also correspondingly shortened.
  • one subframe includes two slots, and the slot duration of a 0.5 ms subframe is 1/2 of the slot duration of a subframe of 1 ms.
  • step S310 and the step S320 do not have a strict sequence in time, and the step S320 may occur before the step S310, or after the step S310, or coincide with the step S310, which is not limited herein.
  • the first parameter value may be transmitted together with the first information in the same message, or before the first information is transmitted, or after the first information, and so on.
  • the base station when the transmission delay is reduced, sends a first parameter value to the UE, so that the UE determines the second time domain resource by using the first parameter value, and can shorten the first time domain resource that sends the first information.
  • the time interval between the second time domain resource and the second time domain resource receiving the second information is such that the interval for receiving the data or receiving the feedback control information is shorter, and the performance gain of the delay reduction can be obtained.
  • the first information is scheduling information
  • the second information is uplink data information scheduled according to the scheduling information.
  • the base station sends the first reference value to the UE, so that the UE can shorten the sending interval between the scheduling information and the uplink data according to the first reference value, thereby improving the efficiency of uplink data transmission and the network throughput rate.
  • the first information is scheduling information
  • the second information is uplink control information scheduled according to the scheduling information.
  • the control information is a non-periodic CSI
  • the scheduling information is trigger information of the CSI, and the like.
  • the first information is downlink control information
  • the second information is feedback information about the downlink control information.
  • the base station sends the first reference value to the UE, so that the UE can shorten the interval between the downlink control information and the feedback information according to the first reference value, and improve the efficiency of the downlink control information feedback.
  • the first information is downlink data information
  • the second information is response information to the downlink data information.
  • the response information herein may include ACK information or NACK information.
  • the base station sends the first reference value to the UE, so that the UE can shorten the interval between the downlink data information and the response information according to the first reference value, and improve the efficiency of the response information feedback.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first time domain resource and the second The first time domain interval value between time domain resources.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value may be implemented as: determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource The second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is a specific implementation manner of the first time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. Related records.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a positional relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes the first time A correspondence between a location of the domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is a time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or the first parameter value is the first parameter The smallest time-domain interval value in the predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the value.
  • determining the second time domain resource may be specifically implemented by: determining a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; The first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource determine the second time domain resource.
  • determining, according to the mapping, the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource may be implemented according to: The relationship determines the first time domain resource and the first time domain interval value corresponding to the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE, where the predefined mapping relationship includes: each TDD uplink and downlink configuration of multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations The first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value corresponds to a specific implementation manner of the predefined table, and the related description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 may be referred to, and the embodiments of the present invention are not described herein again.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: after determining the first time domain resource, the first time domain resource is separated from the first time domain resource.
  • the time domain resource of the one-time interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: determining a third time domain resource, where the third time domain resource is the first After the time domain resource, the time domain resource of the first time domain interval value is separated from the first time domain resource; if the third time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determining that the third time domain resource is the Second time domain resource
  • determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource may be implemented as: if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource And determining, that the first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain is equal to any one of the following: a time domain length of one subframe; or a time domain length of one time slot; Or, the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the method further includes: sending a second parameter value, where the second parameter value is used to indicate the first a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located;
  • Determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource includes: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where the A subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located; determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and the location of the first time domain resource in the first subframe and the second time domain The relationship between the locations of the resources in the second subframe is predefined, and the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located;
  • Determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource is: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe; The relationship between the location of the first time domain resource and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe determines the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the specific implementation manner of the second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, and the present invention may be referred to the related description of the embodiment shown in FIG. The embodiments are not described herein again.
  • the base station can transmit the first parameter value in a variety of ways.
  • the sending the first parameter value may be specifically implemented by: sending indication information, where the indication information carries a first parameter value.
  • the indication information may be sent together with the first information, or may be sent before the first information, or may be sent after the first information, which is not limited herein.
  • the sending the first parameter value may be specifically implemented as: sending indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; determining the first parameter value according to the indication information; wherein the indication information is Any one:
  • the maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE The maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, the transmission mode information of the UE, the capability information of the UE, or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • the specific implementation manner of the first parameter value sent by the base station may refer to the implementation manner of the first parameter value obtained by the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. .
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a method of information transmission in still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of Figure 4 is performed by a user equipment.
  • the method includes:
  • the first parameter value is obtained, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located, The second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second information is response information to the first information, where the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and The interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes.
  • the first time domain resource mentioned in the present invention is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the resource occupied by the first information transmission may include all or part of the frequency domain resource and code on the first time domain resource.
  • the second time domain resource mentioned in the present invention is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the resource occupied by the second information transmission may include all or part of the frequency domain resource and code on the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is information for indicating a time domain resource
  • the UE may further obtain information of a specific frequency domain resource, a code domain resource, an airspace resource, and the like on the time domain resource, where the embodiment of the present invention This is not a limitation.
  • a subframe referred to in the embodiment of the present invention refers to a unit that occupies a physical resource of a specific transmission duration, and the length thereof is predefined.
  • One subframe may include two or more slots, or include multiple symbols, for example, 10 symbols, 14 symbols, and the like.
  • the duration of one subframe may be 1 ms, or 0.5 ms, or 0.125 ms, etc., and the present invention does not limit the specific value.
  • the duration occupied by one sub-frame is shortened, the duration of the time slot or symbol within the sub-frame is also correspondingly shortened.
  • one subframe includes two slots, and the slot duration of a 0.5 ms subframe is 1/2 of the slot duration of a subframe of 1 ms.
  • the first parameter value obtained by the UE may be sent by the network side device such as a base station to the UE, or may be specified by a protocol.
  • step S410 and the step S420 are not in a strict order in time, and the step S420 may occur before the step S410, or after the step S410, or coincide with the step S410, which is not limited herein.
  • the first information and the first parameter value may be transmitted by the same message, that is, the first parameter value may also be included in the message that the UE receives the first information.
  • S430 Determine the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value, and connect the second time domain resource. Receive the second message.
  • the UE when the transmission delay is reduced, determines the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value, and can shorten the first time domain resource that sends the first information and the second time domain that receives the second information.
  • the time interval between resources makes the receiving interval of the received data shorter, and the performance gain of delay reduction can be obtained, the transmission efficiency and the network throughput rate are improved, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the communication system.
  • the first parameter value is a plurality of candidate time domain resources including a second time domain resource, where the second time domain resource is determined according to the first parameter value and is in the first
  • the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: blindly checking the plurality of candidate time domain resources to determine the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first time domain resource and the first The first time domain interval value between the two time domain resources.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value may be implemented as: determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource The second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is a specific implementation manner of the first time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. Related records.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a positional relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes the first time A correspondence between a location of the domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is a time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • determining that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: determining a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; The first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource determine the second time domain resource.
  • the root Determining, according to the mapping relationship, the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource, the first time domain resource and the first corresponding to the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE are determined according to the mapping relationship.
  • the time domain interval value, wherein the predefined mapping relationship includes: a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in each of the TDD uplink and downlink configurations of the plurality of TDD uplink and downlink configurations.
  • the first parameter value corresponds to a specific implementation manner of the predefined table, and the related description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 may be referred to, and the embodiments of the present invention are not described herein again.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: after determining the first time domain resource, the first time domain resource is separated from the first time domain resource.
  • the time domain resource of the one-time interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: determining a third time domain resource, where the third time domain resource is the first After the time domain resource, the time domain resource of the first time domain interval value is separated from the first time domain resource; if the third time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determining that the third time domain resource is the Second time domain resource
  • determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource may be implemented as: if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource And determining, that the first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain is equal to any one of the following: a time domain length of one subframe; or a time domain length of one time slot; Or, the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the second is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the method further includes: acquiring a second parameter value, where the second parameter value is used to indicate a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, and the second subframe is the second time domain The subframe in which the resource is located;
  • Determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource includes: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where the One subframe A subframe in which the first time domain resource is located; determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and the location of the first time domain resource in the first subframe and the second time domain The relationship between the locations of the resources in the second subframe is predefined, and the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located;
  • Determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource is: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe; The relationship between the location of the first time domain resource and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe determines the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the specific implementation manner of the second time domain resource is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, and the present invention may be referred to the related description of the embodiment shown in FIG. The embodiments are not described herein again.
  • the UE may acquire the first parameter value in a plurality of manners.
  • the first parameter value may be predefined or sent by the base station to the UE.
  • the acquiring the first parameter value may be implemented as: acquiring indication information, where the indication information carries the first parameter value.
  • the indication information may be sent together with the first information, or may be sent before the first information, or may be sent after the first information, which is not limited herein.
  • the obtaining the first parameter value may be specifically implemented as: acquiring indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; determining the first parameter value according to the indication information; wherein the indication information is Any one:
  • the maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE The maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, the transmission mode information of the UE, the capability information of the UE, or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a method of information transmission according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of Figure 5 is performed by a base station.
  • the method includes:
  • S510 Receive first information, where the first information is data information.
  • S520 Send a first parameter value, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located, The second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second information is response information to the first information, where the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and The interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes.
  • the first time domain resource mentioned in the present invention is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the resource occupied by the first information transmission may include all or part of the frequency domain resource and code on the first time domain resource.
  • the second time domain resource mentioned in the present invention is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the resource occupied by the second information transmission may include all or part of the frequency domain resource and code on the second time domain resource.
  • Domain resources airspace resources.
  • the first parameter value sent by the base station is used to indicate the information of the time domain resource. Further, the base station may further send information about the specific frequency domain resource, the code domain resource, the airspace resource, and the like on the time domain resource to the UE.
  • the embodiments of the present invention are not limited herein.
  • a subframe referred to in the embodiment of the present invention refers to a unit that occupies a physical resource of a specific transmission duration, and the length thereof is predefined.
  • One subframe may include two or more slots, or include multiple symbols, for example, 10 symbols, 14 symbols, and the like.
  • the duration of one subframe may be 1 ms, or 0.5 ms, or 0.125 ms, etc., and the present invention does not limit the specific value.
  • the duration occupied by one sub-frame is shortened, the duration of the time slot or symbol within the sub-frame is also correspondingly shortened.
  • one subframe includes two slots, and the slot duration of a 0.5 ms subframe is 1/2 of the slot duration of a subframe of 1 ms.
  • step S510 and the step S520 are not in a strict order in time, and the step S520 may occur before the step S510, or after the step S510, or coincide with the step S510, which is not limited herein.
  • the first parameter value may be transmitted together with the first information in the same message, or before the first information is transmitted, or after the first information, and so on.
  • the base station when the transmission delay is reduced, sends a first parameter value to the UE, so that the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value, and can shorten the first time domain resource that receives the first information.
  • the time interval between the second time domain resource and the second time domain resource is sent, so that the sending interval of the sending data is shorter, the performance gain of the delay is reduced, the transmission efficiency and the throughput of the network are improved, thereby improving the transmission of the communication system. effectiveness.
  • the first parameter value is a plurality of candidate time domain resources including a second time domain resource, where the second time domain resource is determined and Specifically implemented on the second time domain resource: when one candidate is selected among the multiple candidate time domain resources The domain resource acts as the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first time domain resource and the first The first time domain interval value between the two time domain resources.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value may be implemented as: determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource The second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is a specific implementation manner of the first time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. Related records.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a positional relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes the first time A correspondence between a location of the domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is a time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • determining the second time domain resource specifically: determining a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; The time domain interval value and the first time domain resource determine the second time domain resource.
  • determining, according to the mapping, the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource may be implemented according to: The relationship determines the first time domain resource and the first time domain interval value corresponding to the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE, where the predefined mapping relationship includes: each TDD uplink and downlink configuration of multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations The first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value corresponds to a specific implementation manner of the predefined table, and the related description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 may be referred to, and the embodiments of the present invention are not described herein again.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: after determining the first time domain resource, the first time domain resource is separated from the first time domain resource.
  • the time domain resource of the one-time interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the domain resource may be specifically configured to: determine a third time domain resource, where the third time domain resource is a time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value; If the third time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determining that the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource
  • determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource may be implemented as: if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource And determining, that the first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain is equal to any one of the following: a time domain length of one subframe; or a time domain length of one time slot; Or, the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the second is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the method further includes: sending a second parameter value, where the second parameter value is used to indicate a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, and the second subframe is the second time domain The subframe in which the resource is located;
  • Determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource includes: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where the A subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located; determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and the location of the first time domain resource in the first subframe and the second time domain The relationship between the locations of the resources in the second subframe is predefined, and the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located;
  • Determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource is: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe; The relationship between the location of the first time domain resource and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe determines the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the base station can transmit the first parameter value in a variety of ways.
  • the sending the first parameter value may be specifically implemented by: sending indication information, where the indication information carries a first parameter value.
  • the indication information may be sent together with the first information, or may be sent before the first information, or may be sent after the first information, which is not limited herein.
  • the sending the first parameter value may be specifically implemented as: sending indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; determining the first parameter value according to the indication information; wherein the indication information is Any one:
  • the maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE The maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, the transmission mode information of the UE, the capability information of the UE, or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • the specific implementation manner of the first parameter value sent by the base station may refer to the implementation manner of the first parameter value obtained by the UE in the embodiment shown in FIG. .
  • FIG. 6 is a flow chart of a control information transmission method according to still another embodiment of the present invention, and the method of FIG. 6 is performed by a user equipment.
  • the method includes:
  • S610 Receive first information, where the first information is response information to the second information, and the second information is data information.
  • the first parameter value is obtained, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located,
  • the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource are The interval between them is less than four subframes.
  • the first time domain resource mentioned in the present invention is a time domain resource where the first information is located, and the resource occupied by the first information transmission may include all or part of the frequency domain resource and code on the first time domain resource.
  • the second time domain resource mentioned in the present invention is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the resource occupied by the second information transmission may include all or part of the frequency domain resource and code on the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is information for indicating a time domain resource
  • the UE may further obtain information of a specific frequency domain resource, a code domain resource, an airspace resource, and the like on the time domain resource, where the embodiment of the present invention This is not a limitation.
  • a subframe referred to in the embodiment of the present invention refers to a unit that occupies a physical resource of a specific transmission duration, and the length thereof is predefined.
  • One subframe may include two or more slots, or include multiple symbols, for example, 10 symbols, 14 symbols, and the like.
  • the duration of one subframe may be 1 ms, or 0.5 ms, or 0.125 ms, etc., and the present invention does not limit the specific value.
  • the duration occupied by one sub-frame is shortened, the duration of the time slot or symbol within the sub-frame is also correspondingly shortened.
  • one subframe includes two slots, and the slot duration of a 0.5 ms subframe is 1/2 of the slot duration of a subframe of 1 ms.
  • the first parameter value obtained by the UE may be sent by the network side device such as a base station to the UE, or may be specified by a protocol.
  • the step S610 and the step S620 are not strictly in the order of the time, and the step S620 may occur before the step S610, or after the step S610, or coincide with the step S610, which is not limited herein.
  • the first information and the indication information may be transmitted by using the same message, that is, the message that the UE receives the first information may further include the indication information.
  • the UE when the transmission delay is reduced, determines the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value, and can shorten the second time domain resource that sends the second information and the first time domain that receives the first information.
  • the time interval between resources makes the receiving interval of the received data shorter, and the performance gain of delay reduction can be obtained, the transmission efficiency and the throughput of the network are improved, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the communication system.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first time domain resource and the second The first time domain interval value between time domain resources.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value may be implemented as: determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource The second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is a specific implementation manner of the first time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. Related records.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate the first time domain resource and the first The positional relationship of the second time domain resource includes: the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes a correspondence between a location of the first time domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the The one time domain interval value is a time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • determining that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: determining a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; The first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource determine the second time domain resource.
  • determining, according to the mapping, the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource may be implemented according to: The relationship determines the first time domain resource and the first time domain interval value corresponding to the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE, where the predefined mapping relationship includes: each TDD uplink and downlink configuration of multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations The first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value corresponds to a specific implementation manner of the predefined table, and the related description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 1 may be referred to, and the embodiments of the present invention are not described herein again.
  • determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented to: before determining the first time domain resource, the first time domain resource is separated from the first time domain resource.
  • the time domain resource of the one-time interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the UE may determine that the subframe nk is the second time domain resource, and further obtain the second information corresponding to the first information (response information).
  • Information data information
  • the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain is equal to any one of the following: a time domain length of one subframe; or a time domain length of one time slot; Or, the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the second is determined according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • Time domain resource The method further includes: obtaining a second parameter value, where the second parameter value is used to indicate a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is where the second time domain resource is located Subframe
  • Determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource includes: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where the A subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located; determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and the location of the first time domain resource in the first subframe and the second time domain The relationship between the locations of the resources in the second subframe is predefined, and the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located;
  • Determining, according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource, the second time domain resource is: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe; The relationship between the location of the first time domain resource and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe determines the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the UE may acquire the first parameter value in a plurality of manners.
  • the first parameter value may be predefined or sent by the base station to the UE.
  • the acquiring the first parameter value may be implemented as: acquiring indication information, where the indication information carries the first parameter value.
  • the indication information may be sent together with the first information, or may be sent before the first information, or may be sent after the first information, which is not limited herein.
  • the obtaining the first parameter value may be specifically implemented as: acquiring indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; determining the first parameter value according to the indication information; wherein the indication information is Any one:
  • the maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE The maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, the transmission mode information of the UE, the capability information of the UE, or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • FIG. 7 is a flow chart of a method of information transmission in still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of Figure 7 is performed by a user equipment.
  • the method includes:
  • S710 Receive a configuration index value, where the configuration index value is used to indicate a sending period of the control information and a first time domain resource offset, where the first time domain resource occupies less than one time in the time domain. frame.
  • a subframe referred to in the embodiment of the present invention refers to a unit that occupies a physical resource of a specific transmission duration, and the length thereof is predefined.
  • One subframe may include two or more slots, or include multiple symbols, for example, 10 symbols, 14 symbols, and the like.
  • the duration of one subframe may be 1 ms, or 0.5 ms, or 0.125 ms, etc., and the present invention does not limit the specific value.
  • the duration occupied by one sub-frame is shortened, the duration of the time slot or symbol within the sub-frame is also correspondingly shortened.
  • one subframe includes two slots, and the slot duration of a 0.5 ms subframe is 1/2 of the slot duration of a subframe of 1 ms.
  • control information may include Channel State Information (CSI), Scheduling Request (SR), or Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) response information.
  • CSI Channel State Information
  • SR Scheduling Request
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request
  • the HARQ response information may include ACK (Acknowledgement) / NACK (Negative Acknowledgment) information.
  • the time domain resource is a time domain resource in which the control information is located, and the resource occupied by the control information transmission may include all or part of the frequency domain resource, the code domain resource, and the airspace resource on the time domain resource.
  • the control information is sent on the time domain resource.
  • the method for reducing delay transmission shortens the duration of each control signal transmission, and accordingly determines the transmission resource of the control information, reduces the transmission delay of the control information, and improves the CSI, SR, and HARQ.
  • the response information and the like control the speed of information transmission, thereby reducing the processing time of the entire system and improving the performance of the system.
  • n f represents the system frame number
  • n s represents the time domain location of the first time domain resource
  • N offset represents the time domain resource offset corresponding to the type of control information
  • N pd represents the transmission period of the control information
  • n f The unit is a frame
  • the unit of n s is a time slot
  • the units of N offset and N pd are all subframes.
  • the N offset indicates the time domain resource offset corresponding to the type of the control information.
  • the CSI, the SR, and the HARQ response information are three types of control information, which may respectively correspond to three different time domain resource offsets.
  • the time domain resource includes: determining the location of the time domain resource according to the product M*nf of the system frame number nf and M and the configuration index value, where M is determined by the duration of the subframe and the duration of the time domain resource, where M is A positive integer. Where M is determined by the duration of the subframe and the duration of the time domain resource, and M is a positive integer.
  • the duration of the first time domain resource is 4OS
  • one subframe has 12 symbols.
  • the first time domain resource duration is 2OS
  • determining the time domain resource of the control information according to the system frame number and the configuration index value comprises: determining, according to the product M*10*nf of the system frame number nf and M and the configuration index value.
  • M is determined by the duration of the subframe and the duration of the time domain resource, and M is a positive integer.
  • M is determined by the duration of the subframe and the duration of the time domain resource, and M is a positive integer.
  • the M value is determined in a predefined manner according to the duration of the subframe and the duration of the first time domain resource. For example, in the LTE system, for a normal CP, there are 14 symbols in one subframe.
  • the duration of the first time domain resource is 2OS
  • M 6 or 7.
  • one subframe has 12 symbols.
  • the sending period is less than 5 subframe lengths in the time domain and greater than 1 subframe length.
  • the value of the transmission period may be 2 subframes, 3 subframes, or 4 subframes, and so on.
  • the time domain unit of at least one of the sending period and the time domain resource offset indicated by the configuration index value is the same as the time domain occupied by the time domain resource in the time domain.
  • the time domain unit of the transmission period and the time domain resource offset is a time slot, and the time period occupied by the time domain resource in the time domain is also a time slot; for example, the time domain unit of the transmission period is a subframe, and the time domain is Capital
  • the time domain unit of the source offset is a time slot, and the time period occupied by the time domain resource in the time domain is also a time slot, and the like.
  • determining the time domain resource of the control information according to the system frame number and the configuration index value may be specifically implemented as:
  • the first time domain offset value is an offset value associated with the type of the control information, and the first time domain offset value is used to indicate an offset value of the control information in the sending period.
  • the duration of the second time domain offset value is equal to the duration of one or more of the time domain resources, or the duration of the second offset value is equal to the duration of one subframe.
  • the second time domain resource offset value is predefined; or the second time domain resource offset value is sent by the base station to the UE.
  • determining the time domain resource of the control information according to the system frame number and the configuration index value may be implemented as: determining a candidate time domain resource according to the system frame number and the configuration index value; if the candidate time domain The resource is an available uplink time domain resource, and the candidate time domain resource is determined to be a time domain resource of the control information.
  • the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE is set to 1, and the candidate time domain resource determined according to the system frame number and the configuration index value is slot 14, and since the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE is 1, the slot 14 is available for uplink.
  • the time domain resource may determine that slot 14 is a time domain resource of the control information, that is, the UE may send the control information on slot 14.
  • determining the time domain resource of the control information according to the system frame number and the configuration index value may be implemented as: determining a candidate time domain resource according to the system frame number and the configuration index value; If the candidate time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource, the first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the time domain resource is determined as the time domain resource of the control information.
  • the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE is 1, and the candidate time domain resource determined according to the system frame number and the configuration index value is slot 13, and when the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE is 1, the slot 13 is special.
  • the slot which is not an available uplink time domain resource, may determine that the first available uplink time slot resource after slot 13 is the time domain resource of the control information, that is, determine that slot 14 is the time domain resource of the control information, and then the UE may be in slot 14 The control information is sent on.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 800 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 800 may include a sending module 830, a receiving module 810, and a processing module 820, where
  • the receiving module 810 is configured to receive the first information, where the first information is used to instruct the UE to send the second information.
  • the processing module 820 is configured to obtain a first parameter value, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is when the first information is located a domain resource, where the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource
  • the interval between time domain resources is less than four subframes;
  • the processing module 820 is further configured to determine the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value
  • the sending module 830 is configured to send the second information on the second time domain resource.
  • the user equipment 800 determines the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value, and can shorten the first time domain resource that receives the first information and the second time that sends the second information.
  • the time interval between the time domain resources makes the transmission interval of the transmission data or the feedback control information shorter, so that the performance gain of the delay reduction can be obtained, and the transmission efficiency and the throughput of the network are improved.
  • the transmitting module 830 can be a transmitter
  • the receiving module 810 can be a receiver
  • the processing module can be a processor.
  • the transmitter and receiver can also be coupled into an antenna.
  • the first information is scheduling information
  • the second information is uplink data information scheduled according to the scheduling information.
  • the UE can shorten the transmission interval between the scheduling information and the uplink data, and improve the efficiency of the uplink data transmission and the network throughput rate.
  • the first information is scheduling information
  • the second information is uplink control information scheduled according to the scheduling information.
  • the control information is a non-periodic CSI
  • the scheduling information is trigger information of the CSI, and the like.
  • the first information is downlink control information
  • the second information is feedback information about the downlink control information.
  • the UE can shorten the interval between the downlink control information and the feedback information, and improve the efficiency of the downlink control information feedback.
  • the first information is downlink data information
  • the second information is response information to the downlink data information.
  • the response information herein may include positive acknowledgement information (ACK) or Negative Acknowledgement (NACK).
  • ACK positive acknowledgement information
  • NACK Negative Acknowledgement
  • the UE can shorten the downlink data information and should Answer the interval between messages to improve the efficiency of response information feedback.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first time domain resource and the second The first time domain interval value between time domain resources.
  • the processing module 820 is specifically configured to: determine the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a positional relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes the first time A correspondence between a location of the domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is a time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • processing module 820 is specifically configured to: determine a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; determine, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; according to the first time domain The interval value and the first time domain resource determine the second time domain resource.
  • the processing module 820 may determine, according to the mapping, the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource, as follows: And determining, according to the mapping relationship, the first time domain interval value corresponding to the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE, where the predefined mapping relationship includes: each TDD of multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations The first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in the uplink and downlink configuration.
  • the determining, by the processing module 820, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: after determining the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource The time domain resource separated by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the determining, by the processing module 820, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: determining a third time domain resource, where the third time domain resource is After the first time domain resource, the time domain resource of the first time domain interval value is separated from the first time domain resource; if the third time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determining the third time domain The resource is the second time domain resource
  • the determining, by the processing module 820, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or If the time domain resource is unavailable, determining that the first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain is equal to any one of the following: a time domain length of one subframe; or a time domain length of one time slot; Or, the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the processing module 820 is further configured to: acquire a second parameter value, where the second parameter value is used to: And indicating a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located;
  • the determining, by the processing module 820, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource is: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe
  • the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located, and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is determined according to the second parameter value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and the location of the first time domain resource in the first subframe and the second time domain The relationship between the locations of the resources in the second subframe is predefined, and the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located;
  • the determining, by the processing module 820, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource is: determining the second child according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe Determining, according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, the second time domain resource in the second subframe position.
  • the UE may acquire the first parameter value in a plurality of manners.
  • the first parameter value may be predefined or sent by the base station to the UE.
  • the acquiring, by the processing module 820, the first parameter value may be implemented as: acquiring indication information, where the indication information carries the first parameter value.
  • the indication information may be sent together with the first information, or may be sent before the first information, or may be sent after the first information, which is not limited herein.
  • the processing module 820 may be configured to: obtain the indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; and determine the first parameter value according to the indication information; wherein the indication
  • the information is any of the following:
  • the maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE The maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, the transmission mode information of the UE, the capability information of the UE, or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • the user equipment 800 can also perform the method of FIG. 1 and implement the functions of the user equipment in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station 900 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 900 may include a sending module 930, a receiving module 910, and a processing module 920, where
  • the sending module 930 is configured to send the first information, where the first information is used to instruct the UE to send the second information.
  • the sending module 930 is further configured to send a first parameter value, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is where the first information is located.
  • a time domain resource the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource
  • the interval between one time domain resources is less than four subframes;
  • the processing module 920 is configured to determine the second time domain resource
  • the receiving module 910 is configured to receive the second information on the second time domain resource.
  • the base station 900 when the transmission delay is reduced, sends a first parameter value to the UE, so that the UE determines the second time domain resource by using the first parameter value, and can shorten the first time domain for transmitting the first information.
  • the time interval between the resource and the second time domain resource receiving the second information makes the receiving interval of receiving the data or receiving the feedback control information shorter, and the performance gain of the delay reduction can be obtained, and the transmission efficiency and the throughput of the network are improved. , thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the communication system.
  • the first information is scheduling information
  • the second information is uplink data information scheduled according to the scheduling information.
  • the base station sends the first reference value to the UE, so that the UE can shorten the sending interval between the scheduling information and the uplink data according to the first reference value, thereby improving the efficiency of uplink data transmission and the network throughput rate.
  • the first information is scheduling information
  • the second information is uplink control information scheduled according to the scheduling information.
  • the control information is a non-periodic CSI
  • the scheduling information is trigger information of the CSI, and the like.
  • the first information is downlink control information
  • the second The information is feedback information of the downlink control information
  • the base station sends the first reference value to the UE, so that the UE can shorten the interval between the downlink control information and the feedback information according to the first reference value, and improve the efficiency of the downlink control information feedback.
  • the first information is downlink data information
  • the second information is response information to the downlink data information.
  • the response information herein may include ACK information or NACK information.
  • the base station sends the first reference value to the UE, so that the UE can shorten the interval between the downlink data information and the response information according to the first reference value, and improve the efficiency of the response information feedback.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first time domain resource and the second The first time domain interval value between time domain resources.
  • the determining, by the processing module 920, the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value may be implemented according to: the first time domain interval value and the first time The domain resource determines the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a positional relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes the first time A correspondence between a location of the domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is a time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • the processing module 920 determines that the second time domain resource is specifically configured to: determine a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; and determine, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval corresponding to the first time domain resource a value; determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the processing module 920 may determine, according to the mapping, the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource, as follows: And determining, according to the mapping relationship, the first time domain interval value corresponding to the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE, where the predefined mapping relationship includes: each TDD of multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations The first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in the uplink and downlink configuration.
  • the processing module 920 determines the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the second time domain resource may be specifically implemented as: after determining the first time domain resource, the time domain resource that is separated from the first time domain resource by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the determining, by the processing module 920, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: determining a third time domain resource, where the third time domain resource is After the first time domain resource, the time domain resource of the first time domain interval value is separated from the first time domain resource; if the third time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determining the third time domain The resource is the second time domain resource
  • the determining, by the processing module 920, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as follows: if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or not The time domain resource is used to determine that the first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain is equal to any one of the following: a time domain length of one subframe; or a time domain length of one time slot; Or, the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the sending module 930 is further configured to: send a second parameter value, where the second parameter value is used to And indicating a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located;
  • the determining, by the processing module 920, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource is: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe
  • the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located, and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is determined according to the second parameter value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and the location of the first time domain resource in the first subframe and the second time domain The relationship between the locations of the resources in the second subframe is predefined, and the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located;
  • the processing module 920 determines the first according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the second time domain resource is specifically implemented to: determine the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe; and according to the location of the first time domain resource in the first subframe and the second time domain The relationship between the locations of the resources in the second subframe determines the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the base station 900 can transmit the first parameter value in a variety of manners.
  • the sending, by the sending module 930, the first parameter value may be implemented as: sending indication information, where the indication information carries the first parameter value.
  • the indication information may be sent together with the first information, or may be sent before the first information, or may be sent after the first information, which is not limited herein.
  • the sending, by the sending module 930, the first parameter value may be implemented as: sending indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; determining the first parameter value according to the indication information; wherein the indication
  • the information is any of the following:
  • the maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE The maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, the transmission mode information of the UE, the capability information of the UE, or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • the base station 900 can also perform the method of FIG. 3 and implement the functions of the base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 1000 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 1000 may include a sending module 1030, a receiving module 1010, and a processing module 1020, where
  • the sending module 1030 is configured to send first information, where the first information is data information;
  • the processing module 1020 is configured to obtain a first parameter value, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is when the first information is located a domain resource, where the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, where the second information is response information to the first information, and the second time domain resource occupies no more than one time in the time domain.
  • a frame, and an interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes;
  • the processing module 1020 is further configured to determine the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value
  • the receiving module 1010 is configured to receive the second information on the second time domain resource.
  • the user equipment 1000 determines the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value, and can shorten the first time domain resource for transmitting the first information and the second time for receiving the second information.
  • the time interval between time domain resources makes the receiving interval of the received data shorter, and the performance gain of delay reduction can be obtained, the transmission efficiency and the throughput of the network are improved, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the communication system.
  • the transmitting module 1030 can be a transmitter
  • the receiving module 1010 can be a receiver
  • the processing module can be a processor.
  • the transmitter and receiver can also be coupled into an antenna.
  • the first parameter value is a plurality of candidate time domain resources including a second time domain resource
  • the processing module 1020 is specifically configured to: determine the second parameter according to the first parameter value.
  • the time domain resource is specifically implemented on the second time domain resource as: determining the second time domain resource by blindly checking on the multiple candidate time domain resources.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first time domain resource and the first The first time domain interval value between the two time domain resources.
  • the processing module 1020 is specifically configured to: determine the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a positional relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes the first time A correspondence between a location of the domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is a time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • processing module 1020 is specifically configured to: determine a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; determine, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource; according to the first time domain The interval value and the first time domain resource determine the second time domain resource.
  • the processing module 1020 may determine, according to the mapping, that the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource is: And determining, according to the mapping relationship, the first time domain interval value corresponding to the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE, where the predefined mapping relationship includes: each TDD of multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations The first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in the uplink and downlink configuration.
  • the determining, by the processing module 1020, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: after determining the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource The time domain resource separated by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the determining, by the processing module 1020, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or not The time domain resource is used to determine that the first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain is equal to any one of the following: a time domain length of one subframe; or a time domain length of one time slot; Or, the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the processing module 1020 is further configured to: acquire a second parameter value, where the second parameter value is used to: And indicating a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located;
  • the determining, by the processing module 1020, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource is: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe
  • the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located, and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is determined according to the second parameter value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and the location of the first time domain resource in the first subframe and the second time domain The relationship between the locations of the resources in the second subframe is predefined, and the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located;
  • the determining, by the processing module 1020, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource is: determining the second child according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe Determining, according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, the second time domain resource in the second subframe position.
  • the UE may acquire the first parameter value in a plurality of manners.
  • the first parameter value may be predefined or sent by the base station to the UE.
  • the acquiring, by the processing module 1020, the first parameter value may be implemented as: acquiring indication information, where the indication information carries the first parameter value.
  • the indication information may be sent together with the first information, or may be sent before the first information, or may be sent after the first information, which is not limited herein.
  • the obtaining, by the processing module 1020, the first parameter value may be implemented as: acquiring indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; determining the first parameter value according to the indication information; wherein the indication
  • the information is any of the following:
  • the maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE The maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, the transmission mode information of the UE, the capability information of the UE, or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • the user equipment 1000 can also perform the method of FIG. 4 and implement the functions of the user equipment in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4, which is not repeatedly described herein.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station 1100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 1100 may include a sending module 1130, a receiving module 1110, and a processing module 1120, where
  • the receiving module 1110 is configured to receive first information, where the first information is data information;
  • the sending module 1130 is configured to send a first parameter value, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is when the first information is located a domain resource, where the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, where the second information is response information to the first information, and the second time domain resource occupies no more than one time in the time domain.
  • a frame, and an interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes;
  • the processing module 1120 is configured to determine the second time domain resource
  • the sending module 1130 is configured to send the second information on the second time domain resource.
  • the base station 1100 when the transmission delay is reduced, sends a first parameter value to the UE, so that the UE determines the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value, and can shorten the first time domain of receiving the first information.
  • the first parameter value is a plurality of candidate time domain resources including a second time domain resource; wherein the processor 1120 determines the first The second time domain resource is specifically implemented on the second time domain resource, and one candidate time domain resource is selected as the second time domain resource among the multiple candidate time domain resources.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first time domain resource and the first The first time domain interval value between the two time domain resources.
  • the determining, by the processing module 1120, the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value may be implemented according to: the first time domain interval value and the first time The domain resource determines the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a positional relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, where the mapping relationship includes the first time A correspondence between a location of the domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is a time domain interval value between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • the processing module 1120 determines that the second time domain resource is specifically configured to: determine a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; and determine, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval corresponding to the first time domain resource a value; determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the processing module 1120 may determine, according to the mapping, that the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource is: And determining, according to the mapping relationship, the first time domain interval value corresponding to the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE, where the predefined mapping relationship includes: each TDD of multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations The first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in the uplink and downlink configuration.
  • the determining, by the processing module 1120, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: after determining the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource The time domain resource separated by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the determining, by the processing module 1120, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: determining a third time domain resource, where the third time domain resource is After the first time domain resource, the time domain resource of the first time domain interval value is separated from the first time domain resource; if the third time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, determining the third time domain Resource is The second time domain resource
  • the determining, by the processing module 1120, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as follows: if the third time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or not The time domain resource is used to determine that the first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the third time domain resource is the second time domain resource.
  • the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain is equal to any one of the following: a time domain length of one subframe; or a time domain length of one time slot; Or, the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the sending module 1130 is further configured to: send a second parameter value, where the second parameter value is used to And indicating a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located;
  • the determining, by the processing module 1120, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource is: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe
  • the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located, and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe is determined according to the second parameter value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and the location of the first time domain resource in the first subframe and the second time domain The relationship between the locations of the resources in the second subframe is predefined, and the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located;
  • the determining, by the processing module 1120, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource is: determining the second child according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe Determining, according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, the second time domain resource in the second subframe position.
  • the base station 1100 can transmit the first parameter value in a variety of manners.
  • the sending, by the sending module 1130, the first parameter value may be implemented as: sending indication information, where the indication information carries the first parameter value.
  • the indication information can It is sent with the first information, or is sent before the first information, or is sent after the first information.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is not limited herein.
  • the sending, by the sending module 1130, the first parameter value may be implemented as: sending indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; determining the first parameter value according to the indication information; wherein the indication
  • the information is any of the following:
  • the maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE The maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, the transmission mode information of the UE, the capability information of the UE, or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • the base station 1100 can also perform the method of FIG. 5 and implement the functions of the base station in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 1200 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 1200 may include a sending module 1230, a receiving module 1210, and a processing module 1220, where
  • the receiving module 1210 is configured to receive first information, where the first information is response information to the second information, and the second information is data information.
  • the processing module 1220 is configured to obtain a first parameter value, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is when the first information is located a domain resource, where the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the second time domain resource and the first time zone
  • the interval between domain resources is less than four subframes;
  • the processing module 1220 is further configured to determine the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value.
  • the user equipment 1200 determines the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value, shortens the second time domain resource that sends the second information, and the first time when the first information is received.
  • the time interval between domain resources makes the receiving interval of the received data shorter, and the performance gain of delay reduction can be obtained, the transmission efficiency and the throughput of the network are improved, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of the communication system.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, and the first parameter value is the first time domain resource and the second The first time domain interval value between time domain resources.
  • the determining, by the processing module 1220, the second time domain resource according to the first parameter value may be implemented according to: the first time domain interval value and the first time The domain resource determines the second time domain resource.
  • the first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, including: the first parameter value corresponds to a predefined mapping relationship, and the mapping The relationship includes a correspondence between a location of the first time domain resource and a first time domain interval value, where the first time domain interval value is a time domain interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource value.
  • the first parameter value is an index value of a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; or the first parameter value is a minimum time domain interval value in a predefined mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value.
  • the processing module 1220 determines that the second time domain resource is specifically implemented by: determining a mapping relationship corresponding to the first parameter value; determining, according to the mapping relationship, a first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource And determining the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource.
  • the processing module 1220 may determine, according to the mapping, that the first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource is: And determining, according to the mapping relationship, the first time domain interval value corresponding to the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of the UE, where the predefined mapping relationship includes: each TDD of multiple TDD uplink and downlink configurations The first time domain interval value corresponding to the first time domain resource in the uplink and downlink configuration.
  • the determining, by the processing module 1220, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource may be implemented as: determining the first time domain resource, and the first time domain resource The time domain resource separated by the first time domain interval value is the second time domain resource.
  • the UE may determine that the subframe nk is the second time domain resource, and further obtain the second information corresponding to the first information (response information).
  • Information data information
  • the duration of the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the duration occupied by the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource in the time domain is equal to any one of the following: a time domain length of one subframe; or a time domain length of one time slot; Or, the time domain length of 2 symbols; or the time domain length of 4 symbols.
  • the duration of the second time domain resource is less than or equal to the duration of the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe
  • the processing module 1220 is further configured to: acquire a second parameter value, where the second parameter value is used to: Indication a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, where the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located;
  • the determining, by the processing module 1220, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource comprises: determining the second subframe according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe, where The first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located; determining, according to the second parameter value, a location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe.
  • the time domain unit of the first time domain interval value is a subframe, and the location of the first time domain resource in the first subframe and the second time domain The relationship between the locations of the resources in the second subframe is predefined, and the second subframe is a subframe in which the second time domain resource is located, where the first subframe is a subframe in which the first time domain resource is located;
  • the determining, by the processing module 1220, the second time domain resource according to the first time domain interval value and the first time domain resource is: determining the second child according to the first time domain interval value and the first subframe Determining, according to the relationship between the location of the first subframe and the location of the second time domain resource in the second subframe, the second time domain resource in the second subframe position.
  • the processing module 1220 can obtain the first parameter value in a variety of ways.
  • the first parameter value may be predefined or sent by the base station to the UE.
  • the acquiring, by the processing module 1220, the first parameter value may be implemented as: acquiring indication information, where the indication information carries the first parameter value.
  • the indication information may be sent together with the first information, or may be sent before the first information, or may be sent after the first information, which is not limited herein.
  • the obtaining, by the processing module 1220, the first parameter value may be implemented as: acquiring indication information, where the indication information corresponds to the first parameter value; determining the first parameter value according to the indication information; wherein the indication
  • the information is any of the following:
  • the maximum transmission delay advance TA value of the UE The maximum transport block size TBS value of the UE, the transmission mode information of the UE, the capability information of the UE, or the duration type of the second time domain resource.
  • the user equipment 1200 can also perform the method of FIG. 6 and implement the functions of the user equipment in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6.
  • the embodiments of the present invention are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 1300 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 1300 may include a sending module 1330, a receiving module 1310, and a processing module 1320, where
  • the receiving module 1310 is configured to receive a configuration index value, where the configuration index value is used to indicate the control a transmission period of the information and a first time domain resource offset, where the first time domain resource occupies less than one subframe in the time domain;
  • the processing module 1320 is configured to determine a time domain resource of the control information according to the system frame number and the configuration index value;
  • the sending module 1300 is configured to send the control information on the time domain resource.
  • the method for reducing delay transmission by the base station shortens the duration of each control signal transmission, and determines the transmission resource of the control information, reduces the transmission delay of the control information, and improves the CSI, SR, and HARQ and the like control the speed of information transmission, thereby reducing the processing time of the entire system and improving the performance of the system.
  • control information may include CSI, SR or HARQ response information, and the like.
  • the processing module 1300 determines, according to the system frame number and the configuration index value, the time domain resource of the control information, which is determined by: determining, according to a product M*nf of the system frame number nf and M, and the configuration index value.
  • M is determined by the duration of the subframe and the duration of the time domain resource, and M is a positive integer.
  • M is determined by the duration of the subframe and the duration of the time domain resource, and M is a positive integer.
  • the value of M may be equal to the duration of the subframe divided by the duration of the time domain resource. If the duration of the subframe divided by the duration of the time domain resource is not an integer, the integer portion is taken as the M value, that is,
  • the processing module 1300 determines, according to the system frame number and the configuration index value, the time domain resource of the control information, which is implemented according to the product M*10*nf of the system frame number nf and M and the The configuration index value determines the location of the time domain resource, where M is determined by the duration of the subframe and the duration of the time domain resource, and M is a positive integer. Where M is determined by the duration of the subframe and the duration of the time domain resource, and M is a positive integer.
  • the sending period is less than 5 subframe lengths in the time domain and greater than 1 subframe length.
  • the value of the transmission period may be 2 subframes, 3 subframes, or 4 subframes, and so on.
  • the time domain unit of at least one of the sending period and the time domain resource offset indicated by the configuration index value is the same as the time domain occupied by the time domain resource in the time domain.
  • the time domain unit of the transmission period and the time domain resource offset is a time slot, and the time period occupied by the time domain resource in the time domain is also a time slot; for example, the time domain unit of the transmission period is a subframe, and the time domain is The time domain unit of the resource offset is a time slot, and the time period occupied by the time domain resource in the time domain is also a time slot, and the like.
  • the processing module 1300 determines, according to the system frame number and the configuration index value, the time domain resource of the control information, by determining, according to the configuration index value, the sending period and the first time domain resource offset. Determining the time domain resource according to the system frame number, the sending period, the first time domain resource offset, and the second time domain resource offset value; wherein the first time domain offset value is related to the control information a type associated offset value, the first time domain offset value is used to indicate an offset value of the control information in the sending period; the duration of the second time domain offset value is equal to one or more The duration of the time domain resource, or the duration of the second offset value is equal to the duration of one subframe.
  • the second time domain resource offset value is predefined; or the second time domain resource offset value is sent by the base station to the UE.
  • the determining, by the processing module 1300, the time domain resource of the control information according to the system frame number and the configuration index value is: determining the candidate time domain resource according to the system frame number and the configuration index value; if the candidate The time domain resource is an available uplink time domain resource, and the candidate time domain resource is determined to be a time domain resource of the control information.
  • the processing module 1300 determines, according to the system frame number and the configuration index value, the time domain resource of the control information, by: determining the candidate time domain resource according to the system frame number and the configuration index value; If the candidate time domain resource is a downlink time domain resource or an unavailable time domain resource, determining that the first available time domain resource in the uplink time domain resource after the time domain resource is the time domain resource of the control information.
  • the user equipment 1300 can also perform the method of FIG. 7 and implement the functions of the user equipment in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7.
  • the embodiments of the present invention are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 1400 according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 1400 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a schematic diagram of a physical device structure of the user equipment 1400 may be as shown in FIG. 14, including a processor 1402, a memory 1403, a transmitter 1401, and a receiver 1404.
  • transmitter 1401 and receiver 1404 can be coupled to antenna 1405.
  • the memory 1403 is configured to store a program.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 1403 can include read only memory and random access
  • the memory is provided with instructions and data to the processor 1402.
  • the memory 1403 may include a high speed RAM memory and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 1402 executes a program stored in the memory 1403.
  • the processor 1402 can perform the following methods through the receiver 1404 and the transmitter 1401:
  • first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource
  • first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located
  • second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second time information is located
  • the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the second time domain resource is between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource.
  • the interval is less than four subframes;
  • the second time domain resource is determined according to the first parameter value and sent by the transmitter 1401 on the second time domain resource.
  • Processor 1402 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1402 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 1402 may be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP Processor, etc.), or a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit. (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1403, and the processor 1402 reads the information in the memory 1403 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with the hardware thereof.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station 1500 according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 15 is the hair
  • a schematic diagram of a physical device structure of the base station 1500, as shown in FIG. 15, includes a processor 1502, a memory 1503, a transmitter 1501, and a receiver 1504.
  • transmitter 1501 and receiver 1504 can be coupled to antenna 1505.
  • the memory 1503 is configured to store a program.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 1503 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor 1502.
  • the memory 1503 may include a high speed RAM memory and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 1502 executes the program stored in the memory 1503.
  • the processor 1502 can perform the following methods through the receiver 1504 and the transmitter 1501:
  • the first parameter value is sent by the transmitter 1501, where the first parameter value is used to indicate a positional relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain in which the first information is located
  • the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the second time domain resource and the first time
  • the interval between domain resources is less than four subframes;
  • the second time domain resource is determined and received by the receiver 1504 on the second time domain resource.
  • the method performed by the base station disclosed in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 of the present invention may be applied to the processor 1502 or implemented by the processor 1502.
  • the processor 1502 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1502 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 1502 may be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP Processor, etc.), or a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit. (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented or carried out.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware decoding processor, or by using a decoding place.
  • the combination of hardware and software modules in the processor is completed.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1503, and the processor 1502 reads the information in the memory 1503 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 1600 according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 1600 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a schematic diagram of a physical device structure of the user equipment 1600 can be as shown in FIG. 16, including a processor 1602, a memory 1603, a transmitter 1601, and a receiver 1604.
  • transmitter 1601 and receiver 1604 can be coupled to antenna 1605.
  • the memory 1603 is for storing a program.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 1603 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor 1602.
  • the memory 1603 may include a high speed RAM memory and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 1602 executes a program stored in the memory 1603.
  • processor 1602 can perform the following methods through receiver 1604 and transmitter 1601:
  • first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource
  • first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located
  • the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located
  • the second information is response information to the first information, where the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain, and the The interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes;
  • the second time domain resource is determined based on the first parameter value and received by the receiver 1604 on the second time domain resource.
  • the method performed by the user equipment disclosed in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 of the present invention may be applied to the processor 1602 or implemented by the processor 1602.
  • the processor 1602 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1602 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 1602 may be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP processor, etc.), and may also be a digital signal. Processor (DSP), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • DSP central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1603, and the processor 1602 reads the information in the memory 1603 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station 1700 according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station 1700 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a schematic diagram of a physical device structure of the base station 1700 can be as shown in FIG. 17, and includes a processor 1702, a memory 1703, a transmitter 1701, and a receiver 1704.
  • transmitter 1701 and receiver 1704 can be coupled to antenna 1705.
  • the memory 1703 is configured to store a program.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • Memory 1703 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 1702.
  • the memory 1703 may include a high speed RAM memory and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 1702 executes a program stored in the memory 1703.
  • processor 1702 can perform the following methods through receiver 1704 and transmitter 1701:
  • the second time domain resource is a time domain resource where the second information is located, and the second information is response information to the first information, where the second time domain resource occupies no longer than one subframe in the time domain.
  • the interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes;
  • the second time domain resource is determined and transmitted by the transmitter 1701 on the second time domain resource.
  • the method performed by the base station disclosed in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 of the present invention may be applied to the processor 1702 or implemented by the processor 1702.
  • the processor 1702 may be an integrated circuit chip. Has the processing power of the signal.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1702 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 1702 may be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (Network Processor, NP for short, etc.; or a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit. (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • NP Network Processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1703, and the processor 1702 reads the information in the memory 1703 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 1800 according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 1800 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a schematic diagram of a physical device structure of the user equipment 1800 may be as shown in FIG. 18, including a processor 1802, a memory 1803, a transmitter 1801, and a receiver 1804.
  • transmitter 1801 and receiver 1804 can be coupled to antenna 1805.
  • the memory 1803 is configured to store a program.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • the memory 1803 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to the processor 1802.
  • the memory 1803 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 1802 executes a program stored in the memory 1803.
  • the processor 1802 can perform the following methods through the receiver 1804 and the transmitter 1801:
  • the receiver 1804 Receiving, by the receiver 1804, the first information, where the first information is response information to the second information, and the second information is data information;
  • first parameter value is used to indicate a location relationship between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource, where the first time domain resource is a time domain resource where the first information is located, The time domain resource in which the second time domain resource is located, and the time length occupied by the second time domain resource in the time domain Not more than one subframe, and the interval between the second time domain resource and the first time domain resource is less than four subframes;
  • the second time domain resource is determined according to the first parameter value.
  • the method performed by the user equipment disclosed in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 of the present invention may be applied to the processor 1802 or implemented by the processor 1802.
  • the processor 1802 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1802 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 1802 may be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP Processor, etc.), or a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit. (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1803, and the processor 1802 reads the information in the memory 1803 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 1900 according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 1900 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a schematic diagram of a physical device structure of the user equipment 1900 can be as shown in FIG. 19, including a processor 1902, a memory 1903, a transmitter 1901, and a receiver 1904.
  • transmitter 1901 and receiver 1904 can be coupled to antenna 1905.
  • the memory 1903 is configured to store a program.
  • the program can include program code, the program code including computer operating instructions.
  • Memory 1903 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 1902.
  • the memory 1903 may include a high speed RAM memory and may also include a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk memory.
  • the processor 1902 executes a program stored in the memory 1903.
  • processor 1902 can perform the following methods through receiver 1904 and transmitter 1901:
  • the configuration index value is received by the receiver 1904, where the configuration index value is used to indicate a transmission period of the control information and a first time domain resource offset, where the duration of the first time domain resource in the time domain is less than one subframe;
  • the control information is transmitted over the time domain resource by the transmitter 1901.
  • Processor 1902 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1902 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 1902 may be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP Processor, etc.), or a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit. (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1903, and the processor 1902 reads the information in the memory 1903 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • Embodiments of the present invention also provide a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method performed by the user equipment of the embodiment of FIG.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention also provides a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method performed by the base station of the embodiment of FIG.
  • Still further embodiments of the present invention provide a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method performed by the user equipment of the embodiment of FIG.
  • Still further embodiments of the present invention provide a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method performed by the base station of the embodiment of FIG.
  • Still further embodiments of the present invention provide a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program comprising instructions for performing the method performed by the user device of the embodiment of FIG.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer readable storage medium for storing a computer program
  • the computer program includes instructions for executing the method performed by the user device of the embodiment of FIG.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

一种信息传输方法、基站和用户设备，该方法包括：接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示UE发送第二信息；获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上发送该第二信息。

Description

信息传输方法、基站和用户设备 技术领域
本发明涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种信息传输方法、基站和用户设备。
背景技术
随着社会的发展，用户对无线通信技术的要求越来越高。对无线通信而言，传输速率和传输时延是一个关键指标。在传输一个固定大小的数据包时，传输占用的时间越短，则通信系统可以支持更多的用户数或者可以支持并行传输更多的数据。此外，从用户体验上看，更短的时延会带更快的传输速度、更大的用户容量以及更好的用户体验。
要减少长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统的时延，从物理从看就是缩短两次传输之间的时间间隔，或者减少每次传输占用的时间。例如LTE传输时的时域资源的基本单位是1毫秒(millisecond,ms)，两次传输之间的间隔不小于4ms。
在传输时延减少后，如何进行数据传输以提高通信系统的传输效率，是亟待解决的技术问题。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供一种反馈方法、基站和用户设备，能够在传输时延减少的情况下提高通信系统的传输效率。
第一方面，提出了一种信息传输方法，该方法包括：接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示UE发送第二信息；获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上发送该第二信息。
结合第一方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域 资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值；其中，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度； 或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该方法还包括：获取第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源；或者，如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方 式中，获取该第一参数值具体实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式，在第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行数据信息；或者，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行控制信息；或者，该第一信息为下行控制信息，该第二信息为对该下行控制信息的反馈信息；或者，该第一信息为下行数据信息，该第二信息为对该下行数据信息的应答信息。
第二方面，提出了一种用户设备，该用户设备包括发送模块，接收模块，和处理模块，其中，
该接收模块用于接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示UE发送第二信息；该处理模块用于获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；该处理模块还用于根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源；该发送模块用于在该第二时域资源上发送该第二信息。
结合第二方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，处理模块根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值；其中，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，处理模块根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，处理模块还用于：获取第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；其中，处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和 该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；其中，处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源；或者，如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，处理模块获取该第一参数值具体实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式，在第二方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行数据信息；或者，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度 的上行控制信息；或者，该第一信息为下行控制信息，该第二信息为对该下行控制信息的反馈信息；或者，该第一信息为下行数据信息，该第二信息为对该下行数据信息的应答信息。
第三方面，提供了另一种用户设备，包括处理器、发射机和接收机，该处理器用于执行通过该发射机和该接收机执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第四方面，提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第五方面，提出了一种信息传输方法，该方法包括：发送第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示UE发送第二信息；发送第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；确定该第二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上接收该第二信息。
结合第五方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该方法还包括：发送第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；其 中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源；或者，如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，发送该第一参数值具体实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
结合第五方面及其上述实现方式，在第五方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行数据信息；或者，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行控制信息；或者，该第一信息为下行控制信息，该第二信息为对该下行控制信息的反馈信息；或者，该第一信息为下行数据信息，该第二信息为对该下行数据信息的应答信息。
第六方面，提出了一种基站，该基站包括发送模块，接收模块，和处理模块，其中，
该发送模块用于发送第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示UE发送第二信息；该发送模块还用于发送第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示 第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；该处理模块还用于确定该第二时域资源；该接收模块用于在该第二时域资源上接收该第二信息。
结合第六方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，该处理模块根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式 中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该发送模块还用于发送第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；其中，该处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；其中，该处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之 后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源；或者，如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，发送该第一参数值具体实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
结合第六方面及其上述实现方式，在第六方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行数据信息；或者，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行控制信息；或者，该第一信息为下行控制信息，该第二信息为对该下行控制信息的反馈信息；或者，该第一信息为下行数据信息，该第二信息为对该下行数据信息的应答信息。
第七方面，提供了另一种用户设备，包括处理器、发射机和接收机，该处理器用于执行通过该发射机和该接收机执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第八方面，提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第九方面，提出了一种信息传输方法，该方法包括：发送第一信息，该第一信息为数据信息；获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二信息是对该第一信息的应答信息，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上接收该第二信息。
结合第九方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域 资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值；其中，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度； 或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该方法还包括：获取第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源；或者，如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第九方面及其上述实现方式，在第九方面的第十三种可能的实现方 式中，获取该第一参数值具体实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
第十方面，提出了一种用户设备，该用户设备包括发送模块，接收模块，和处理模块，其中，
该发送模块用于发送第一信息，该第一信息为数据信息；该处理模块用于获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二信息是对该第一信息的应答信息，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；该处理模块还用于根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源；该接收模块用于在该第二时域资源上接收该第二信息。
结合第十方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，处理模块根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值；其中，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之 间的时域间隔值。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，处理模块根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，处理模块还用于：获取第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；其中，处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的 位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；其中，处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源；或者，如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第十方面及其上述实现方式，在第十方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，处理模块获取该第一参数值具体实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
第十一方面，提供了另一种用户设备，包括处理器、发射机和接收机，该处理器用于执行通过该发射机和该接收机执行第九方面或第九方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十二方面，提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第九方面或第九方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第十三方面，提出了一种信息传输方法，该方法包括：接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息为数据信息；发送第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于 指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二信息是对该第一信息的应答信息，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；确定该第二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上发送该第二信息。
结合第十三方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第七种可能的实现 方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该方法还包括：发送第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与 该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源；或者，如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第十三方面及其上述实现方式，在第十三方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，发送该第一参数值具体实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
第十四方面，提出了一种基站，该基站包括发送模块，接收模块，和处理模块，其中，
该接收模块用于接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息为数据信息；该发送模块用于发送第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二信息是对该第一信息的应答信息，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；该处理模块用于确定该第二时域资源；该发送模块还用于在该第二时域资源上发送该第二信息。
结合第十四方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第四种可能的实现 方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，该处理模块根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该发送模块还用于发送第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；其中，该处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；其中，该处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，该处理模块根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源；或者，如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第十四方面及其上述实现方式，在第十四方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中，发送该第一参数值具体实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
第十五方面，提供了另一种基站，包括处理器、发射机和接收机，该处理器用于执行通过该发射机和该接收机执行第十三方面或第十三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十六方面，提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第十三方面或第十三方面的任意可能的实现方 式中的方法的指令。
第十七方面，提出了一种信息传输的方法，该方法包括：接收配置索引值，其中，该配置索引值用于指示控制信息的发送周期和第一时域资源偏移，该第一时域资源在时域上占用的时长小于一个子帧；根据系统帧号和该配置索引值确定该控制信息的时域资源；在该时域资源上发送该控制信息。
结合第十七方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该控制信息包括CSI、SR或HARQ应答信息。
结合第十七方面或第十七方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该配置索引值所指示的该发送周期和该时域资源偏移中至少一种的时域单位与该时域资源在时域上占用的时长相同。
结合第十七方面或第十七方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第十七方面的第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，根据系统帧号和所述配置索引值确定所述控制信息的时域资源具体实现为：根据该配置索引值确定该发送周期和该第一时域资源偏移；根据该系统帧号、该发送周期、该第一时域资源偏移和第二时域资源偏移值确定该时域资源；其中，该第一时域偏移值是与该控制信息的类型相关联的偏移值，该第一时域偏移值用于指示该控制信息在该发送周期内的偏移值；该第二时域偏移值的时长等于一个或多个该时域资源的时长，或者该第二偏移值的时长等于一个子帧的时长。
结合第十七方面或第十七方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第十七方面的第三种可能的实现方式中任一种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二时域资源偏移值是预定义的；或者，该第二时域资源偏移值是基站发送给UE的。
结合第十七方面或第十七方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第十七方面的第四种可能的实现方式中任一种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源具体实现为：根据系统帧号nf与M的乘积M*nf和该配置索引值确定该时域资源的位置；或者，根据系统帧号nf与M的乘积M*10*nf和该配置索引值确定该时域资源的位置；其中，M由该子帧的时长与该时域资源的时长确定，M为正整数。
结合第十七方面或第十七方面的第一种可能的实现方式至第十七方面的第五种可能的实现方式中任一种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源具体实现为：根 据该系统帧号和该配置索引值确定候选时域资源；如果该候选时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该候选时域资源为该控制信息的时域资源；或者,如果该候选时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该控制信息的时域资源。
第十八方面，提出了一种用户设备，用于执行第十七方面或第十七方面的任一方面的可能实现方式中的方法。
具体地，该装置可以包括用于执行第十七方面或第十七方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第十九方面，提供了另一种用户设备，包括处理器、发射机和接收机，该处理器用于执行通过该发射机和该接收机执行第十七方面或第十七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十方面，提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第十七方面或第十七方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
第二十一方面，提出了一种信息传输的方法，该方法包括：接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息是对第二信息的应答信息，该第二信息为数据信息；获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源。
结合第二十一方面，在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
结合第二十一方面及其上述实现方式，在第二十一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第二十一方面及其上述实现方式，在第二十一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时 域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
结合第二十一方面及其上述实现方式，在第二十一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
结合第二十一方面及其上述实现方式，在第二十一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中，确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
结合第二十一方面及其上述实现方式，在第二十一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
结合第二十一方面及其上述实现方式，在第二十一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第二十一方面及其上述实现方式，在第二十一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
结合第二十一方面及其上述实现方式，在第二十一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中，具体实现为：该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
结合第二十一方面及其上述实现方式，在第二十一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该方法还包括：发送第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧； 根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第二十一方面及其上述实现方式，在第二十一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
结合第二十一方面及其上述实现方式，在第二十一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一时域资源之前，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
结合第二十一方面及其上述实现方式，在第二十一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中，发送该第一参数值具体实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
第二十二方面，提出了一种用户设备，用于执行第二十一方面或第二十一方面的任一方面的可能实现方式中的方法。
具体地，该装置可以包括用于执行第二十一方面或第二十一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。
第二十三方面，提供了另一种用户设备，包括处理器、发射机和接收机，该处理器用于执行通过该发射机和该接收机执行第二十一方面或第二十一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十四方面，提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行第二十一方面或第二十一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。
本发明实施例的信息传输方法、基站和用户设备，在传输时延减少的情况下，根据第一参数值确定第二时域资源，能够缩短接收第一信息的第一时 域资源和发送第二信息的第二时域资源之间的时间间隔，使得发送数据或反馈控制信息的发间隔更短，能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提高传输的效率和网络的吞吐，从而提高通信系统的传输效率。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1是本发明的一个实施例信息传输的方法示意图。
图2是本发明的一个实施例第一时域资源和第二时域资源的时隙关系示意图。
图3是本发明的另一个实施例信息传输的方法示意图。
图4是本发明的再一个实施例信息传输的方法示意图。
图5是本发明的再一个实施例信息传输的方法示意图。
图6是本发明的再一个实施例信息传输的方法示意图。
图7是本发明的再一个实施例信息传输的方法示意图。
图8是本发明的一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
图9是本发明的一个实施例基站的结构示意图。
图10是本发明的另一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
图11是本发明的另一个实施例基站的结构示意图。
图12是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
图13是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
图14是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
图15是本发明的再一个实施例基站的结构示意图。
图16是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
图17是本发明的再一个实施例基站的结构示意图。
图18是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
图19是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本发明保护的范围。
本发明的技术方案，可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：GSM(Global System of Mobile communication,全球移动通讯系统)，CDMA(Code Division Multiple Access，码分多址)系统，WCDMA(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access Wireless，宽带码分多址)，GPRS(General Packet Radio Service，通用分组无线业务)，LTE(Long Term Evolution，长期演进)等。
用户设备(UE，User Equipment)，也可称之为移动终端(Mobile Terminal)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、SIP(Session Initiation Protocol，会话启动协议)电话、WLL(Wireless Local Loop，无线本地环路)站、PDA(Personal Digital Assistant，个人数字处理)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN(Public Land Mobile Network，公共陆地移动网络)网络中的终端设备。
网络设备可以是用于与移动设备通信的设备，网络设备可以是GSM(Global System of Mobile communication，全球移动通讯)或CDMA(Code Division Multiple Access，码分多址)中的BTS(Base Transceiver Station，基站)，也可以是WCDMA(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，宽带码分多址)中的NB(NodeB，基站)，还可以是LTE(Long Term Evolution，长期演进)中的eNB或eNodeB(Evolutional Node B，演进型基站)或接入点，或者车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的网络侧设备或者未来演进的PLMN(Public Land Mobile Network，公共陆地移动网络)网络中的网络设备。
本发明所适应的系统，可以是FDD(Frequency Division Duplex，频分双工)，TDD(Time Division Duplex，时分双工)或者FDD与TDD两种双工方式聚合使用的系统，本发明对此不做限定。
图1是本发明的一个实施例信息传输的方法示意图。图1的方法由用户 设备执行。
S110，接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示UE发送第二信息。
S120，获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧。
应理解，本发明提到的第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，第一信息传输时所占用的资源可包括第一时域资源上的全部或部分频域资源、码域资源、空域资源。同样的，本发明提到的第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，第二信息传输时所占用的资源可包括第二时域资源上的全部或部分频域资源、码域资源、空域资源。应理解，UE获取的第一参数值是用于指示时域资源的信息，进一步地，UE还可得到该时域资源上特定的频域资源、码域资源、空域资源等的信息，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
应理解，本发明实施例提到的一个子帧，是指占用特定传输时长的物理资源的单元，其长度为是预定义的。一个子帧可以包括两个或两个以上的时隙(slot)，或者包括多个符号，例如，10个符号，14个符号等等。一个子帧占用的时长可以是1ms，或者是0.5ms，或者是0.125ms，等等，本发明对具体的值不做限定。当一个子帧占用的时长缩短时，子帧内的时隙或符号的时长也相应的等比例缩短。例如，一个子帧包含2个时隙，0.5ms的子帧的时隙时长是1ms的子帧的时隙时长的1/2。
应理解，UE获取的第一参数值，可以是基站等网络侧设备发送给UE的，或者是协议规定的。
应理解，步骤S110和步骤S120在时间上并没有严格的顺序，步骤S120可以发生在步骤S110之前，或者发生在步骤S110之后，或者与步骤S110同时发生，本发明实施例在此不作限制。特别地，第一信息和第一参数值可以通过同一条消息传输，即UE所接收到包含第一信息的消息中还可包含第一参数值。
应理解，UE获取的第一参数值是用于指示时域资源的信息，进一步地，UE还可得到该时域资源上特定的频域资源、码域资源、空域资源等的信息，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
S130，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上发送该第二信息。
本发明实施例中，UE在传输时延减少的情况下，根据第一参数值确定第二时域资源，能够缩短接收第一信息的第一时域资源和发送第二信息的第二时域资源之间的时间间隔，使得发送数据或反馈控制信息的发间隔更短，能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提高传输的效率和网络的吞吐，从而提高通信系统的传输效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行数据信息。本发明实施例中，UE可缩短调度信息与上行数据之间的发间隔，提高上行数据传输的效率和网络吞吐率。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行控制信息。例如，该控制信息为非周期性的CSI，该调度信息为CSI的触发信息，等等。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为下行控制信息，该第二信息为对该下行控制信息的反馈信息。本发明实施例中，UE可缩短下行控制信息与反馈信息之间的发间隔，提高下行控制信息反馈的效率。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为下行数据信息，该第二信息为对该下行数据信息的应答信息。应理解，此处的应答信息，可包括肯定的应答信息(Acknowledgement,ACK)或否定的应答信息(Negative Acknowledgement,NACK)。本发明实施例中，UE可缩短下行数据信息与应答信息之间的发间隔，提高应答信息反馈的效率。
应理解，该第一参数值可通过多种方式指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
应理解，如果第一时域资源和第二时域资源的时长都与第一时域间隔值的时长单位相等时，第一时域间隔值即等于第一时域资源和第二时域资源的时域间隔；如果第一时域资源或第二时域资源的时长与第一时域间隔值的时长单位不相等时，第一时域间隔值表示第一时域资源所在的时域单位与第二时域资源所在的时域单位之间的间隔，该时域单位的时长不小于第一时域资 源或第二时域资源中任一个的时长。
应理解，本发明实施例中，第一参数值的单位时长，可以是1个子帧占用的时长，1个时隙占用的时长，2个符号占用的时长，或者是4个符号占用的时长，等等。
例如，基站可向UE发送第一参数值，取值为2，单位为子帧，则表示第一时域资源所在的子帧与第二时域资源所在的子帧的时域间隔为2个子帧。
进一步地，在本实施例的一种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
应理解，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，可以有多种实现方式。
可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
例如，假设第一时域资源为子帧n，且第一时域间隔值取值为k，表示k个子帧，则可确定子帧n+k为第二时域资源。当用于发送第二信息的子载波为FDD的子载波时，UE通常可采用此方式。
本发明实施例中，根据第一参数值确定第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值，进而根据第一时域资源和第一时域间隔值确定第二时域资源，使得发送数据或反馈控制信息的发间隔更短，从而能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提高传输的效率和网络的吞吐。
或者，可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定第三时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源。具体地，例如，该第三时域资源可以是该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源。
本发明实施例中，在根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定第三时域资源后，判断第三时域资源是否为可用的上行时域资源，并在该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源时，确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源，从而使得UE避免在下行时域资源或不可用的时域资源上发送第二信息。
表1示出了不同TDD上下行配置下的传输周期和帧结构。其中，D表示下行子帧，U表示上行子帧，S表示特殊子帧。
表1
Figure PCTCN2016094708-appb-000001
以表1为例，假设UE用于发送第二信息的频域资源为TDD子载波，且UE的TDD上下行配置为1，第一时域资源的子帧n取值为4，第一时域间隔值k取值为3个子帧，则UE可确定子帧n+k为第三时域资源，即确定子帧7为第三时域资源。由于子帧7为可用的上行子帧，则UE可在子帧7上发送该第二信息。
或者，可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
还是以表1为例，假设在UE的TDD上下行配置为1，第一时域资源的子帧n取值为4，子帧间隔k取值为2，则可确定子帧n+k即子帧6；进一步可判断子帧6是特殊子帧，UE可选取子帧6之后的第一个可用的上行子帧作为第二时域资源，即选取子帧7作为第二时域资源，在子帧7上发送第二信息。
当然，应理解，如果第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，UE也可选择不发送第二信息。还是以表1为例，假设UE的TDD上下行配置为1，第一时域资源的子帧n取值为4，子帧间隔k取值为2，则UE可确定子帧6，并在确认子帧6不是可用的上行子帧后，放弃发送第二信息。
当然，应理解，第一时域间隔值的时长单位还可以是1个时隙，或者是2个符号，或者是4个符号，等等。
不妨将一个系统帧分成20个时隙，则系统帧案TDD分成20个时隙的帧结构可表2所示：
Figure PCTCN2016094708-appb-000002
其中，D表示该时隙用于发送下行数据，U表示该时隙用于发送上行数据，S表示该时隙为特殊时隙。
以表2为例，例如，假设UE使用TDD上下行配置为2，第一时域资源的时隙序号为1，时隙间隔为2，则UE首先可确定时隙1+2＝时隙3。由于时隙3所在子帧为特殊子帧，不能用于发送上行数据，UE可确定时隙3之后的第一个可用的上行子帧的第一个时隙作为第二时域资源。具体地，UE可确定时隙4作为第二时域资源。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
具体地，在本实施例中，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
本发明实施例中，根据第一参数值确定预定义的映射关系，再根据该预定义的映射关系确定第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值，进而根据第一时域资源和第一时域间隔值确定第二时域资源，使得发送 数据或反馈控制信息的发间隔更短，从而能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提高传输的效率和网络的吞吐。
本发明实施例的第一时域间隔值的定义与前述第一参数值为第一时域间隔值的实施例中第一时域间隔值的定义类似，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
进一步地，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值包括：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
应理解，该预定义的映射关系可以是协议规定的映射关系表，等等。表3、表4和表5分别示出了TDD的一种可能的映射关系表，映射关系表中时域间隔值的计量单位为子帧。
表3
Figure PCTCN2016094708-appb-000003
表4
Figure PCTCN2016094708-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2016094708-appb-000005
表5
Figure PCTCN2016094708-appb-000006
上述表3-5的表格中，第二行表示子帧序号，第一列表示各种不同的TDD上下行配置。表中的某一行表示，对应这种TDD的上下行配置时，在各个子帧上对应的一种子帧间隔值。
例如，在表3中，当UE的TDD载波的TDD上下行配置为1，且第一时域资源的子帧为4时，其所对应的子帧间隔为3。又如，在表5中，当UE的TDD载波的TDD上下行配置为2，且第一时域资源的子帧为1时，其所对应的子帧间隔为1。
当然，应理解，本发明实施例中，可通过多种方式指示映射关系。
可选地，在本实施例的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值可以是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值。不妨以上述表3-5的所示的映射关系表为例，假设表3-5所表示的映射关系表的索引分别为1、2、3，则当第三信息中携带的第一参数值为1时，表示选择表3所示的映射关系表。
可选地，在本实施例的另一种可能的实现方式中，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。其中，一种最小的时域间隔值对应于一种预定义的映射关系，不同的映射关系中的最小时域间隔不同。还是以上述表3-5的所示的映射关系表为例，例如，第一参数值为1，表示第一参数值对应的映射关系为表5所示的映射关系表。
应理解，上述表3-5的配置仅仅是示意性的，在实际的应用中，还可能 存在其它的配置方式。例如，当映射关系表的最小时域间隔为2时，其映射关系表还可以如表6所示。
表6
Figure PCTCN2016094708-appb-000007
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。具体地，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
在本实施例中，由于该第二时域资源的时长小于第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长，根据第一时域间隔值和第二时域资源无法完全确定第二时域资源，还需要指示第二时域资源在第二时域资源所在的时域单位内的位置，该时域单位即为第一时域间隔值的时域单位。
可选地，在本实施例的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，其中，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧。
具体的，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源占用的时长为一个时隙(slot)时，该第一时域资源在该第一时域单位中的位置索引和该第二时域资源在该第二时域单位中的位置索引的关系可以是如下之一：
当该第一时域资源使用第一子帧的奇数时隙时，该第二时域资源使用第二子帧的奇数时隙；或者
当该第一时域资源使用第一子帧的奇数时隙时，该第二时域资源使用第二子帧的偶数时隙；或者
当该第一时域资源使用第一子帧的偶数时隙时，该第二时域资源使用第二子帧的奇数时隙；或者
当该第一时域资源使用第一子帧的偶数时隙时，该第二时域资源使用第二子帧的偶数时隙；
其中，该第一子帧为该第一时域资源所在的子帧，该第二子帧为该第二时域资源所在的子帧。
此时，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源，具体可实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
图2是本发明实施例第一时域资源和第二时域资源的时隙关系示意图。例如，假设预先约定当该第一时域资源使用第一子帧的奇数时隙时，该第二时域资源使用第二子帧的奇数时隙。在图所示的场景中，UE在子帧n的奇数时隙上通过UE Grant获取调度信息，子帧间隔为k个子帧，即UE的第一时域资源为子帧n的奇数时隙，第一时域间隔值为k。则UE可根据第一时域资源和第一时域间隔值确定子帧n+k，并根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系，确定第二时域资源在子帧n+k中的时隙位置，即确定子帧n+k的奇数时隙为第二时域资源。
可选地，还可规定第二时域资源和第一时域资源使用子帧中位置的符号，等等。例如，可规定第二时域资源和第一时域资源使用子帧的符号0和符号1。例如，具体的，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源占用的时长为2个符号时，该第一时域资源在该第一时域单位中的位置索引和该第二时域资源在该第二时域单位中的位置索引的出现在子帧中的位置相同或不同。
本发明实施例中，当第一时域间隔的时域单位为子帧，且第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长小于1个子帧的时长时，通过预先规定第二时域资源在第二时域资源所在的子帧内的位置，可以使得UE准确地定位第二时域资源 所在的位置。
可选地，在本实施例的另一种可能的实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该方法还包括：获取第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧。
此时，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
还是以图2所示的场景为例，第一时域资源所在的子帧为子帧n，假设UE获取的第一参数值指示第一时域间隔值为k，UE获取的第二参数值取值为0，表示奇数时隙；则此时，UE可首先可根据第一时域资源和第一时域间隔值确定子帧n+k为第二时域资源所在的子帧，再根据第二参数值确定子帧n+k中的奇数时隙为第二时域资源。
应理解，上述的第一参数值可以是基站发送的，或者是协议规定的。
当第一参数值由基站发送时，基站可直接发送该第一参数值，或者通过其它信息隐式地指示第一参数值。
当基站通过其它信息隐式地指示第一参数值时，可选地，获取第一参数值具体可实现为：
获取指示信息，所述指示信息对应于所述第一参数值；
根据所述指示信息确定所述第一参数值；
其中，所述指示信息为以下任意一种：
UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、UE的传输模式信息、UE的能力信息或第二时域资源的时长类型。
例如，协议可以定义最大支持的TA值，不同的TA值对应于不同的第一参数值，UE通过基站发送的最大TA值确定第一参数值。例如，有4种不同的TA值，分别对应4种不同的第一参数值。一般情况下，TA值越大，该TA值对应的第一参数值也越大。或者，例如，有M种TA值，有N种第一参数值，其中M和N都是为非零整数，M<N，即一种TA值可以对应一种或多种的第一参数值。
应理解，本发明实施例中，可以通过接收基站发送的信令获取TA值， 该信令可以是通过广播消息或组播消息发送的。
又例如，协议可以定义最大支持的TBS值，不同的TBS值对应于不同的第一参数值。UE通过基站发送的最大TBS值确定第一参数值。与TA值类似，一种TBS值只对应于一种第一参数值，或者，一种TBS值对应于一种或多种的第一参数值。
又例如，传输模式可以为模式0，模式1，模式2，模式3等，不同的传输模式值对应于不同的第一参数值。这里的传输模式可以是指的以下中的任意一种：不同的多天线的传输方式(如：单个天线或多个天线，发射分集或空间复用，单用户MIMO(Multiple Input Multiple Output)或多用户MIMO，单流或多流)；是否使用协作方式的传输方式(多点协作的传输方式，非协作的传输方式)；不同的传输时长对应的传输方式(如1ms时长的传输模式，1时隙传输模式，2符号传输模式，4符号传输模式)。UE通过基站发送的传输模式信息确定第一参数值。与TA值类似，一种传输模式信息只对应于一种第一参数值，或者，一种传输模式信息对应于一种或多种的第一参数值。例如，不同传输时长的传输模式，长为1ms的传输模式第一参数值为可以3或4；长为2符号的传输模式，第一参数值可以为4到8。当一种传输模式对应多种不唯一的第一参数值时，还需要进一步通过其他的信息来确定第一参数值。这些信息用来指示每次传输时对应的第一参数的具体的值。这些信息可以是预定义的或者是基站指示的。
又例如，UE的不同能力信息对应于不同的第一参数值，UE根据UE的能力信息确定第一参数值。UE的处理能力越高，对应的第一参数值可以越小，表明UE能够在越短的时间内处理完业务的发送处理或接收处理。
又例如，UE可根据第二时域资源的时长类型，确定第一参数值。例如，1ms的时长对应的第一参数值为3，0.5ms的时长对应的第一参数值为2，等等。
本发明实施例中，通过采用隐式的方式指示第一参数值，可以减少指示的信令。此外，通过采用隐式的方式指示第一参数值，还可以把与减少时延传输的关键参数关联起来，保证系统通信时关键参数的一致性，减少潜在的配置参数不一致带来的冲突。
图3是本发明的另一个实施例信息传输的方法示意图。图3的方法由网络侧设备，例如基站等执行，或者由D2D设备执行。该方法包括：
S310，发送第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示UE发送第二信息。
S320，发送第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧。
应理解，本发明提到的第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，第一信息传输时所占用的资源可包括第一时域资源上的全部或部分频域资源、码域资源、空域资源。同样的，本发明提到的第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，第二信息传输时所占用的资源可包括第二时域资源上的全部或部分频域资源、码域资源、空域资源。应理解，基站发送的第一参数值是用于指示时域资源的信息，进一步地，基站还可向UE发送该时域资源上特定的频域资源、码域资源、空域资源等的信息，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
应理解，本发明实施例提到的一个子帧，是指占用特定传输时长的物理资源的单元，其长度为是预定义的。一个子帧可以包括两个或两个以上的时隙(slot)，或者包括多个符号，例如，10个符号，14个符号等等。一个子帧占用的时长可以是1ms，或者是0.5ms，或者是0.125ms，等等，本发明对具体的值不做限定。当一个子帧占用的时长缩短时，子帧内的时隙或符号的时长也相应的等比例缩短。例如，一个子帧包含2个时隙，0.5ms的子帧的时隙时长是1ms的子帧的时隙时长的1/2。
应理解，步骤S310和步骤S320在时间上并没有严格的顺序，步骤S320可以发生在步骤S310之前，或者发生在步骤S310之后，或者与步骤S310同时发生，本发明实施例在此不作限制。例如，该第一参数值可以和第一信息在同一条消息中一起传输，或者在发送第一信息之前传输，或者在第一信息之后传输，等等。
S330，确定该第二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上接收该第二信息。
本发明实施例中，基站在传输时延减少的情况下，向UE发送第一参数值，以便UE通过第一参数值确定第二时域资源，能够缩短发送第一信息的第一时域资源和接收第二信息的第二时域资源之间的时间间隔，使得接收数据或接收反馈的控制信息的收间隔更短，能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提 高传输的效率和网络的吞吐，从而提高通信系统的传输效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行数据信息。本发明实施例中，基站通过向UE发送第一参考值，使得UE可根据第一参考值缩短调度信息与上行数据之间的发间隔，提高上行数据传输的效率和网络吞吐率。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行控制信息。例如，该控制信息为非周期性的CSI，该调度信息为CSI的触发信息，等等。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为下行控制信息，该第二信息为对该下行控制信息的反馈信息。本发明实施例中基站通过向UE发送第一参考值，使得UE可根据第一参考值缩短下行控制信息与反馈信息之间的发间隔，提高下行控制信息反馈的效率。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为下行数据信息，该第二信息为对该下行数据信息的应答信息。应理解，此处的应答信息，可包括ACK信息或NACK信息。本发明实施例中，基站通过向UE发送第一参考值，使得UE可根据第一参考值缩短下行数据信息与应答信息之间的发间隔，提高应答信息反馈的效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
进一步地，在本实施例的一种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
应理解，本发明实施例中，第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载。
可选地，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。具体地，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参 数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
进一步地，确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
更进一步地，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体可实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
应理解，本发明实施例中，第一参数值对应于预定义的表格的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
或者，可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源
或者，可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。具体地，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
可选地，在本实施例的一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位 为子帧，在根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源之前，该方法还包括：发送第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；
其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源包括：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
可选地，在本实施例的另一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；
其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
应理解，本发明实施例中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
应理解，基站可通过多种方式发送该第一参数值。
可选地，作为一个实施例，发送该第一参数值具体可实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息携带第一参数值。其中，该指示信息可以和第一信息一起发送，或者是在第一信息之前发送息，或者是在第一信息之后发送，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
或者，可选地，发送该第一参数值具体可实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：
该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
应理解，本发明实施例中，基站发送的第一参数值的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例中UE获取的第一参数值的实现方式，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图4是本发明的再一个实施例信息传输的方法示意图。图4的方法由用户设备执行。该方法包括：
S410，发送第一信息，该第一信息为数据信息。
S420，获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二信息是对该第一信息的应答信息，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧。
应理解，本发明提到的第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，第一信息传输时所占用的资源可包括第一时域资源上的全部或部分频域资源、码域资源、空域资源。同样的，本发明提到的第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，第二信息传输时所占用的资源可包括第二时域资源上的全部或部分频域资源、码域资源、空域资源。应理解，第一参数值是用于指示时域资源的信息，进一步地，UE还可得到该时域资源上特定的频域资源、码域资源、空域资源等的信息，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
应理解，本发明实施例提到的一个子帧，是指占用特定传输时长的物理资源的单元，其长度为是预定义的。一个子帧可以包括两个或两个以上的时隙(slot)，或者包括多个符号，例如，10个符号，14个符号等等。一个子帧占用的时长可以是1ms，或者是0.5ms，或者是0.125ms，等等，本发明对具体的值不做限定。当一个子帧占用的时长缩短时，子帧内的时隙或符号的时长也相应的等比例缩短。例如，一个子帧包含2个时隙，0.5ms的子帧的时隙时长是1ms的子帧的时隙时长的1/2。
应理解，UE获取的第一参数值，可以是基站等网络侧设备发送给UE的，或者是协议规定的。
应理解，步骤S410和步骤S420在时间上并没有严格的顺序，步骤S420可以发生在步骤S410之前，或者发生在步骤S410之后，或者与步骤S410同时发生，本发明实施例在此不作限制。特别地，第一信息和第一参数值可以通过同一条消息传输，即UE所接收到包含第一信息的消息中还可包含第一参数值。
S430，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上接 收该第二信息。
本发明实施例中，UE在传输时延减少的情况下，根据第一参数值确定第二时域资源，能够缩短发送第一信息的第一时域资源和接收第二信息的第二时域资源之间的时间间隔，使得接收数据的收间隔更短，能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提高传输的效率和网络吞吐率，从而提高通信系统的传输效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一参数值为包括第二时域资源在内的多个候选时域资源；其中，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上具体实现为：通过在该多个候选时域资源上盲检以确定该第二时域资源。
例如，该第一参数值可以是第二时域资源所在的下行子帧的集合X＝{xi}，UE在集合中盲检，以确定第二时域资源。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
进一步地，在本实施例的一种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
应理解，本发明实施例中，第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载。
可选地，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。具体地，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
进一步地，确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
更进一步地，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，根 据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体可实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
应理解，本发明实施例中，第一参数值对应于预定义的表格的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
或者，可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源
或者，可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。具体地，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
可选地，在本实施例的一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，在根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源之前，该方法还包括：获取第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；
其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源包括：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧 是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
可选地，在本实施例的另一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；
其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
应理解，本发明实施例中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
应理解，UE可通过多种方式获取该第一参数值。该第一参数值可以是预定义的，或者是基站发送给UE的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，获取该第一参数值具体可实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息携带第一参数值。其中，该指示信息可以和第一信息一起发送，或者是在第一信息之前发送息，或者是在第一信息之后发送，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
或者，可选地，获取该第一参数值具体可实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：
该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
应理解，本发明实施例中，UE获取的第一参数值的实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图5是本发明的再一个实施例信息传输的方法示意图。图5的方法由基站执行。该方法包括：
S510，接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息为数据信息。
S520，发送第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源， 该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二信息是对该第一信息的应答信息，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧。
应理解，本发明提到的第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，第一信息传输时所占用的资源可包括第一时域资源上的全部或部分频域资源、码域资源、空域资源。同样的，本发明提到的第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，第二信息传输时所占用的资源可包括第二时域资源上的全部或部分频域资源、码域资源、空域资源。应理解，基站发送的第一参数值是用于指示时域资源的信息，进一步地，基站还可向UE发送该时域资源上特定的频域资源、码域资源、空域资源等的信息，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
应理解，本发明实施例提到的一个子帧，是指占用特定传输时长的物理资源的单元，其长度为是预定义的。一个子帧可以包括两个或两个以上的时隙(slot)，或者包括多个符号，例如，10个符号，14个符号等等。一个子帧占用的时长可以是1ms，或者是0.5ms，或者是0.125ms，等等，本发明对具体的值不做限定。当一个子帧占用的时长缩短时，子帧内的时隙或符号的时长也相应的等比例缩短。例如，一个子帧包含2个时隙，0.5ms的子帧的时隙时长是1ms的子帧的时隙时长的1/2。
应理解，步骤S510和步骤S520在时间上并没有严格的顺序，步骤S520可以发生在步骤S510之前，或者发生在步骤S510之后，或者与步骤S510同时发生，本发明实施例在此不作限制。例如，该第一参数值可以和第一信息在同一条消息中一起传输，或者在发送第一信息之前传输，或者在第一信息之后传输，等等。
S530，确定该第二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上发送该第二信息。
本发明实施例中，基站在传输时延减少的情况下，向UE发送第一参数值，以便UE根据第一参数值确定第二时域资源，能够缩短接收第一信息的第一时域资源和发送第二信息的第二时域资源之间的时间间隔，使得发送数据的发间隔更短，能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提高传输的效率和网络的吞吐，从而提高通信系统的传输效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一参数值为包括第二时域资源在内的多个候选时域资源；其中，确定该第二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上具体实现为：在该多个候选时域资源中选择一个候选时 域资源作为该第二时域资源。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
进一步地，在本实施例的一种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
应理解，本发明实施例中，第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载。
可选地，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。具体地，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
进一步地，确定该第二时域资源具体：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
更进一步地，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体可实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
应理解，本发明实施例中，第一参数值对应于预定义的表格的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
或者，可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时 域资源具体可实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源
或者，可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。具体地，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
可选地，在本实施例的一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，在根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源之前，该方法还包括：发送第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；
其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源包括：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
可选地，在本实施例的另一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；
其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
应理解，本发明实施例中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确 定该第二时域资源的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
应理解，基站可通过多种方式发送该第一参数值。
可选地，作为一个实施例，发送该第一参数值具体可实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息携带第一参数值。其中，该指示信息可以和第一信息一起发送，或者是在第一信息之前发送息，或者是在第一信息之后发送，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
或者，可选地，发送该第一参数值具体可实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：
该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
应理解，本发明实施例中，基站发送的第一参数值的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例中UE获取的第一参数值的实现方式，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图6是本发明的再一个实施例控制信息传输方法流程图，图6的方法由用户设备执行。该方法包括：
S610，接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息是对第二信息的应答信息，该第二信息为数据信息。
S620，获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧。
应理解，本发明提到的第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，第一信息传输时所占用的资源可包括第一时域资源上的全部或部分频域资源、码域资源、空域资源。同样的，本发明提到的第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，第二信息传输时所占用的资源可包括第二时域资源上的全部或部分频域资源、码域资源、空域资源。应理解，第一参数值是用于指示时域资源的信息，进一步地，UE还可得到该时域资源上特定的频域资源、码域资源、空域资源等的信息，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
应理解，本发明实施例提到的一个子帧，是指占用特定传输时长的物理资源的单元，其长度为是预定义的。一个子帧可以包括两个或两个以上的时隙(slot)，或者包括多个符号，例如，10个符号，14个符号等等。一个子帧占用的时长可以是1ms，或者是0.5ms，或者是0.125ms，等等，本发明对具体的值不做限定。当一个子帧占用的时长缩短时，子帧内的时隙或符号的时长也相应的等比例缩短。例如，一个子帧包含2个时隙，0.5ms的子帧的时隙时长是1ms的子帧的时隙时长的1/2。
应理解，UE获取的第一参数值，可以是基站等网络侧设备发送给UE的，或者是协议规定的。
应理解，步骤S610和步骤S620在时间上并没有严格的顺序，步骤S620可以发生在步骤S610之前，或者发生在步骤S610之后，或者与步骤S610同时发生，本发明实施例在此不作限制。特别地，第一信息和指示信息可以通过同一条消息传输，即UE所接收到包含第一信息的消息中还可包含指示信息。
S630，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源。
本发明实施例中，UE在传输时延减少的情况下，根据第一参数值确定第二时域资源，能够缩短发送第二信息的第二时域资源和接收第一信息的第一时域资源之间的时间间隔，使得接收数据的收间隔更短，能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提高传输的效率和网络的吞吐，从而提高通信系统的传输效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
进一步地，在本实施例的一种可能的实现方式中，根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
应理解，本发明实施例中，第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第 二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。具体地，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
进一步地，确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
更进一步地，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体可实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
应理解，本发明实施例中，第一参数值对应于预定义的表格的具体实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
可选地，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一时域资源之前，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
例如，第一时域资源为子帧n，第一时域间隔值为k，则UE可确定子帧n-k为该第二时域资源，进而得到第一信息(应答信息)所对应的第二信息(数据信息)。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。具体地，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
可选地，在本实施例的一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，在根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源之 前，该方法还包括：获取第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；
其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源包括：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
可选地，在本实施例的另一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；
其中，根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
应理解，UE可通过多种方式获取该第一参数值。该第一参数值可以是预定义的，或者是基站发送给UE的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，获取该第一参数值具体可实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息携带第一参数值。其中，该指示信息可以和第一信息一起发送，或者是在第一信息之前发送息，或者是在第一信息之后发送，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
或者，可选地，获取该第一参数值具体可实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：
该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
应理解，本发明实施例中，UE获取的第一参数值的实现方式，可参考图1所示实施例的相关记载，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图7是本发明的再一个实施例信息传输的方法流程图。图7的方法由用户设备执行。该方法包括：
S710，接收配置索引值，其中，该配置索引值用于指示控制信息的发送周期和第一时域资源偏移，该第一时域资源在时域上占用的时长小于一个子 帧。
应理解，本发明实施例提到的一个子帧，是指占用特定传输时长的物理资源的单元，其长度为是预定义的。一个子帧可以包括两个或两个以上的时隙(slot)，或者包括多个符号，例如，10个符号，14个符号等等。一个子帧占用的时长可以是1ms，或者是0.5ms，或者是0.125ms，等等，本发明对具体的值不做限定。当一个子帧占用的时长缩短时，子帧内的时隙或符号的时长也相应的等比例缩短。例如，一个子帧包含2个时隙，0.5ms的子帧的时隙时长是1ms的子帧的时隙时长的1/2。
应理解，本发明实施例中，该控制信息可包括信道状态信息(Channel State Information，CSI)、调度请求(Scheduling Request，SR)或混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request，HARQ)应答信息等。HARQ应答信息可包括ACK(Acknowledgement)/NACK(Negative Acknowledgment)信息。
S720，根据系统帧号和该配置索引值确定该控制信息的时域资源。
应理解，该时域资源是为该控制信息所在的时域资源，控制信息传输时所占用的资源可包括该时域资源上的全部或部分频域资源、码域资源、空域资源。
S730。在该时域资源上发送该控制信息。
本发明实施例中，为减少时延传输的方法缩短了每一次控制信传输占用的时长，并据此来确定控制信息的传输资源，减少控制信息的传输时延，提高了CSI、SR和HARQ应答信息等控制信息传输的速度，从而减少了整个系统的处理时间，提高了系统的性能。
现有技术中，控制信息的周期反馈的公式为：
Figure PCTCN2016094708-appb-000008
其中，nf表示系统帧号，ns表示该第一时域资源的时域位置，Noffset表示控制信息的类型所对应的时域资源偏移，Npd表示控制信息的发送周期，nf的单位为帧，ns的单位为时隙，Noffset和Npd的单位都为子帧。
Noffset表示控制信息的类型所对应的时域资源偏移，例如，CSI、SR和HARQ应答信息三种类型的控制信息，分别可以对应于三种不同的时域资源偏移。
可选地，作为一个实施例，根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的 时域资源包括：根据系统帧号nf与M的乘积M*nf和该配置索引值确定该时域资源的位置，其中，M由该子帧的时长与该时域资源的时长确定，M为正整数。其中，M由该子帧的时长与该时域资源的时长确定，M为正整数。
例如，可以根据公式(M×nf+ns-NOFFSET)mod(Npd)＝0确定该时域资源。M的取值，例如，可以等于子帧的时长除以该时域资源的时长。如果子帧的时长除以该时域资源的时长不是整数，则取整数部分作为M值,即
Figure PCTCN2016094708-appb-000009
或者M值根据子帧的时长和第一时域资源的时长通过预定义的方式确定。例如，以LTE系统为例，对正常CP，一个子帧有14个符号，当第一时域资源时长为2OS时，M＝6或7，当第一时域资源时长为4OS时，M＝3或4，当第一时域资源时长为7OS时，M＝2。又如对扩展常CP，一个子帧有12个符号，当第一时域资源时长为2OS时，M＝5或6，当第一时域资源时长为4OS时，M＝3或4，当第一时域资源时长为6OS时，M＝2。
或者，可选地，作为另一个实施例，根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源包括：根据系统帧号nf与M的乘积M*10*nf和该配置索引值确定该时域资源的位置，其中，M由该子帧的时长与该时域资源的时长确定，M为正整数。其中，M由该子帧的时长与该时域资源的时长确定，M为正整数。或者M值根据子帧的时长和第一时域资源的时长通过预定义的方式确定。例如，以LTE系统为例，对正常CP，一个子帧有14个符号，当第一时域资源时长为2OS时，M＝6或7，当第一时域资源时长为4OS时，M＝3或4，当第一时域资源时长为7OS时，M＝2。又如对扩展常CP，一个子帧有12个符号，当第一时域资源时长为2OS时，M＝5或6，当第一时域资源时长为4OS时，M＝3或4，当第一时域资源时长为6OS时，M＝2。
例如，可以根据公式(M×10×nf+ns-NOFFSET)mod(Npd)＝0确定该时域资源。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该发送周期在时域上小于5个子帧长度且大于1个子帧长度。例如，该发送周期取值可以为2个子帧、3个子帧或4个子帧，等等。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该配置索引值所指示的发送周期和时域资源偏移中至少一种的时域单位与该时域资源在时域上占用的时长相同。
例如，发送周期和时域资源偏移的时域单位都为时隙，且该时域资源在时域上占用的时长也是时隙；又例如，发送周期的时域单位为子帧，时域资 源偏移的时域单位为时隙，且该时域资源在时域上占用的时长也是时隙，等等。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源具体可实现为：
根据该配置索引值确定该发送周期和该第一时域资源偏移；
根据该系统帧号、该发送周期、该第一时域资源偏移和第二时域资源偏移值确定该时域资源；
其中，该第一时域偏移值是与该控制信息的类型相关联的偏移值，该第一时域偏移值用于指示所述控制信息在所述发送周期内的偏移值；该第二时域偏移值的时长等于一个或多个该时域资源的时长，或者该第二偏移值的时长等于一个子帧的时长。
进一步地，该第二时域资源偏移值是预定义的；或者，该第二时域资源偏移值是基站发送给UE的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源具体可实现为：根据该系统帧号和该配置索引值确定候选时域资源；如果该候选时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该候选时域资源为该控制信息的时域资源。
以表2为例，假设UE的TDD上下行配置为1，根据该系统帧号和该配置索引值确定的候选时域资源为slot14，由于UE的TDD上下行配置为1时slot14为可用的上行时域资源，可确定slot14为该控制信息的时域资源，即UE可在slot14上发送该控制信息。
或者，可选地，作为另一个实施例，根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源具体可实现为：根据该系统帧号和该配置索引值确定候选时域资源；如果该候选时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该控制信息的时域资源。
还是以表2为例，假设UE的TDD上下行配置为1，根据该系统帧号和该配置索引值确定的候选时域资源为slot13，由于UE的TDD上下行配置为1时slot13为特殊时隙，不是可用的上行时域资源，则可确定slot13之后第一个可用的上行时隙资源为该控制信息的时域资源，即确定slot14为该控制信息的时域资源，然后UE可在slot14上发送该控制信息。
图8是本发明的一个实施例用户设备800的结构示意图。如图8所示，用户设备800可包括发送模块830、接收模块810和处理模块820，其中，
接收模块810用于接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示UE发送第二信息；
处理模块820用于获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
处理模块820还用于根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源；
发送模块830用于在该第二时域资源上发送该第二信息。
本发明实施例中，用户设备800在传输时延减少的情况下，根据第一参数值确定第二时域资源，能够缩短接收第一信息的第一时域资源和发送第二信息的第二时域资源之间的时间间隔，使得发送数据或反馈控制信息的发间隔更短，从而能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提高传输的效率和网络的吞吐。
应理解，在具体的应用中，发送模块830可以是发射机，接收模块810可以是接收机，处理模块可以是处理器。进一步地，发射机和接收机还可以耦合成天线。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行数据信息。本发明实施例中，UE可缩短调度信息与上行数据之间的发间隔，提高上行数据传输的效率和网络吞吐率。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行控制信息。例如，该控制信息为非周期性的CSI，该调度信息为CSI的触发信息，等等。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为下行控制信息，该第二信息为对该下行控制信息的反馈信息。本发明实施例中，UE可缩短下行控制信息与反馈信息之间的发间隔，提高下行控制信息反馈的效率。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为下行数据信息，该第二信息为对该下行数据信息的应答信息。应理解，此处的应答信息，可包括肯定的应答信息(Acknowledgement,ACK)或否定的应答信息(Negative Acknowledgement,NACK)。本发明实施例中，UE可缩短下行数据信息与应 答信息之间的发间隔，提高应答信息反馈的效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
进一步地，在本实施例的一种可能的实现方式中，处理模块820具体用于：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
可选地，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。具体地，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
进一步地，处理模块820具体用于：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
更进一步地，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，处理模块820根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体可实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
可选地，处理模块820根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
或者，可选地，处理模块820根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源
或者，可选地，处理模块820根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或 不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。具体地，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
可选地，在本实施例的一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，处理模块820还用于：获取第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；
其中，处理模块820根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
可选地，在本实施例的另一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；
其中，处理模块820根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
应理解，UE可通过多种方式获取该第一参数值。该第一参数值可以是预定义的，或者是基站发送给UE的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，处理模块820获取该第一参数值具体可实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息携带第一参数值。其中，该指示信息可以和第一信息一起发送，或者是在第一信息之前发送息，或者是在第一信息之后发送，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
或者，可选地，处理模块820获取该第一参数值具体可实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：
该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
此外，用户设备800还可执行图1的方法，并实现用户设备在图1所示实施例的功能，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图9是本发明的一个实施例基站900的结构示意图。如图9所示，用户设备900可包括发送模块930、接收模块910和处理模块920，其中，
发送模块930用于发送第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示UE发送第二信息；
发送模块930还用于发送第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
处理模块920用于确定该第二时域资源；
接收模块910用于在该第二时域资源上接收该第二信息。
本发明实施例中，基站900在传输时延减少的情况下，向UE发送第一参数值，以便UE通过第一参数值确定第二时域资源，能够缩短发送第一信息的第一时域资源和接收第二信息的第二时域资源之间的时间间隔，使得接收数据或接收反馈的控制信息的收间隔更短，能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提高传输的效率和网络的吞吐，从而提高通信系统的传输效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行数据信息。本发明实施例中，基站通过向UE发送第一参考值，使得UE可根据第一参考值缩短调度信息与上行数据之间的发间隔，提高上行数据传输的效率和网络吞吐率。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为调度信息，该第二信息为根据该调度信息调度的上行控制信息。例如，该控制信息为非周期性的CSI，该调度信息为CSI的触发信息，等等。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为下行控制信息，该第二 信息为对该下行控制信息的反馈信息。本发明实施例中基站通过向UE发送第一参考值，使得UE可根据第一参考值缩短下行控制信息与反馈信息之间的发间隔，提高下行控制信息反馈的效率。
或者，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一信息为下行数据信息，该第二信息为对该下行数据信息的应答信息。应理解，此处的应答信息，可包括ACK信息或NACK信息。本发明实施例中，基站通过向UE发送第一参考值，使得UE可根据第一参考值缩短下行数据信息与应答信息之间的发间隔，提高应答信息反馈的效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
进一步地，在本实施例的一种可能的实现方式中，处理模块920根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
可选地，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。具体地，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
进一步地，处理模块920确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
更进一步地，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，处理模块920根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体可实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
可选地，处理模块920根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该 第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
或者，可选地，处理模块920根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源
或者，可选地，处理模块920根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。具体地，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
可选地，在本实施例的一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，发送模块930还用于：发送第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；
其中，处理模块920根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
可选地，在本实施例的另一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；
其中，处理模块920根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第 二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
应理解，基站900可通过多种方式发送该第一参数值。
可选地，作为一个实施例，发送模块930发送该第一参数值具体可实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息携带第一参数值。其中，该指示信息可以和第一信息一起发送，或者是在第一信息之前发送息，或者是在第一信息之后发送，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
或者，可选地，发送模块930发送该第一参数值具体可实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：
该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
此外，基站900还可执行图3的方法，并实现基站在图3所示实施例的功能，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图10是本发明的一个实施例用户设备1000的结构示意图。如图10所示，用户设备1000可包括发送模块1030、接收模块1010和处理模块1020，其中，
发送模块1030用于发送第一信息，该第一信息为数据信息；
处理模块1020用于获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二信息是对该第一信息的应答信息，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
处理模块1020还用于根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源；
接收模块1010用于在该第二时域资源上接收该第二信息。
本发明实施例中，用户设备1000在传输时延减少的情况下，根据第一参数值确定第二时域资源，能够缩短发送第一信息的第一时域资源和接收第二信息的第二时域资源之间的时间间隔，使得接收数据的收间隔更短，能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提高传输的效率和网络的吞吐，从而提高通信系统的传输效率。
应理解，在具体的应用中，发送模块1030可以是发射机，接收模块1010可以是接收机，处理模块可以是处理器。进一步地，发射机和接收机还可以耦合成天线。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一参数值为包括第二时域资源在内的多个候选时域资源；其中，处理模块1020具体用于：根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上具体实现为：通过在该多个候选时域资源上盲检以确定该第二时域资源。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
进一步地，在本实施例的一种可能的实现方式中，处理模块1020具体用于：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
可选地，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。具体地，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
进一步地，处理模块1020具体用于：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
更进一步地，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，处理模块1020根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体可实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
可选地，处理模块1020根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
或者，可选地，处理模块1020根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资 源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为该第二时域资源
或者，可选地，处理模块1020根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。具体地，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
可选地，在本实施例的一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，处理模块1020还用于：获取第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；
其中，处理模块1020根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
可选地，在本实施例的另一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；
其中，处理模块1020根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
应理解，UE可通过多种方式获取该第一参数值。该第一参数值可以是预定义的，或者是基站发送给UE的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，处理模块1020获取该第一参数值具体可实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息携带第一参数值。其中，该指示信息可以和第一信息一起发送，或者是在第一信息之前发送息，或者是在第一信息之后发送，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
或者，可选地，处理模块1020获取该第一参数值具体可实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：
该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
此外，用户设备1000还可执行图4的方法，并实现用户设备在图4所示实施例的功能，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图11是本发明的一个实施例基站1100的结构示意图。如图11所示，用户设备1100可包括发送模块1130、接收模块1110和处理模块1120，其中，
接收模块1110用于接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息为数据信息；
发送模块1130用于发送第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二信息是对该第一信息的应答信息，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
处理模块1120用于确定该第二时域资源；
发送模块1130用于在该第二时域资源上发送该第二信息。
本发明实施例中，基站1100在传输时延减少的情况下，向UE发送第一参数值，以便UE根据第一参数值确定第二时域资源，能够缩短接收第一信息的第一时域资源和发送第二信息的第二时域资源之间的时间间隔，使得发送数据的发间隔更短，能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提高传输的效率和网络的吞吐，从而提高通信系统的传输效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一参数值为包括第二时域资源在内的多个候选时域资源；其中，处理器1120确定该第 二时域资源并在该第二时域资源上具体实现为：在该多个候选时域资源中选择一个候选时域资源作为该第二时域资源。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
进一步地，在本实施例的一种可能的实现方式中，处理模块1120根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
可选地，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。具体地，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
进一步地，处理模块1120确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
更进一步地，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，处理模块1120根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体可实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
可选地，处理模块1120根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
或者，可选地，处理模块1120根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定第三时域资源，该第三时域资源为该第一时域资源之后，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源；如果该第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源为 该第二时域资源
或者，可选地，处理模块1120根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：如果该第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。具体地，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
可选地，在本实施例的一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，发送模块1130还用于：发送第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；
其中，处理模块1120根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
可选地，在本实施例的另一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；
其中，处理模块1120根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
应理解，基站1100可通过多种方式发送该第一参数值。
可选地，作为一个实施例，发送模块1130发送该第一参数值具体可实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息携带第一参数值。其中，该指示信息可以 和第一信息一起发送，或者是在第一信息之前发送息，或者是在第一信息之后发送，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
或者，可选地，发送模块1130发送该第一参数值具体可实现为：发送指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：
该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
此外，基站1100还可执行图5的方法，并实现基站在图5所示实施例的功能，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图12是本发明的一个实施例用户设备1200的结构示意图。如图12所示，用户设备1200可包括发送模块1230、接收模块1210和处理模块1220，其中，
接收模块1210用于接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息是对第二信息的应答信息，该第二信息为数据信息
处理模块1220用于获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
处理模块1220还用于根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源。
本发明实施例中，用户设备1200在传输时延减少的情况下，根据第一参数值确定第二时域资源，缩短发送第二信息的第二时域资源和接收第一信息的第一时域资源之间的时间间隔，使得接收数据的收间隔更短，能够获得时延减少的性能增益，提高传输的效率和网络的吞吐，从而提高通信系统的传输效率。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值。
进一步地，在本实施例的一种可能的实现方式中，处理模块1220根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：该第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，该映射关系包括该第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，该第一时域间隔值为该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。具体地，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者，该第一参数值是该第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值。
进一步地，处理模块1220确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：确定该第一参数值所对应的映射关系；根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源。
更进一步地，当该UE用于发送该第二信息的载波为TDD载波时，处理模块1220根据该映射关系中确定该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值具体可实现为：根据该映射关系确定该第一时域资源和该UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；其中，该预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中该第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
可选地，处理模块1220根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体可实现为：确定该第一时域资源之前，与该第一时域资源相隔该第一时域间隔值的时域资源为该第二时域资源。
例如，第一时域资源为子帧n，第一时域间隔值为k，则UE可确定子帧n-k为该第二时域资源，进而得到第一信息(应答信息)所对应的第二信息(数据信息)。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源的时长等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。具体地，该第一时域资源和该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长等于以下中的任意一种：1个子帧的时域长度；或者，1个时隙的时域长度；或者，2个符号的时域长度；或者，4个符号的时域长度。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该第二时域资源的时长小于或等于该第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
可选地，在本实施例的一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，处理模块1220还用于：获取第二参数值，该第二参数值用于指示 该第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在的子帧；
其中，处理模块1220根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源包括：根据该第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定该第二子帧，其中，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；根据该第二参数值确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
可选地，在本实施例的另一种实现方式中，该第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，该第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，该第二子帧是该第二时域资源所在子帧，该第一子帧是该第一时域资源所在子帧；
其中，处理模块1220根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一时域资源确定该第二时域资源具体实现为：根据该第一时域间隔值和该第一子帧确定该第二子帧；根据该第一时域资源在该第一子帧的位置和该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定该第二时域资源在该第二子帧的位置。
应理解，处理模块1220可通过多种方式获取该第一参数值。该第一参数值可以是预定义的，或者是基站发送给UE的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，处理模块1220获取该第一参数值具体可实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息携带第一参数值。其中，该指示信息可以和第一信息一起发送，或者是在第一信息之前发送息，或者是在第一信息之后发送，本发明实施例在此不做限制。
或者，可选地，处理模块1220获取该第一参数值具体可实现为：获取指示信息，该指示信息对应于该第一参数值；根据该指示信息确定该第一参数值；其中，该指示信息为以下任意一种：
该UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、该UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、该UE的传输模式信息、该UE的能力信息或该第二时域资源的时长类型。
用户设备1200还可执行图6的方法，并实现用户设备在图6所示实施例的功能，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图13是本发明的一个实施例用户设备1300的结构示意图。如图13所示，用户设备1300可包括发送模块1330、接收模块1310和处理模块1320，其中，
接收模块1310用于接收配置索引值，其中，该配置索引值用于指示控 制信息的发送周期和第一时域资源偏移，该第一时域资源在时域上占用的时长小于一个子帧；
处理模块1320用于根据系统帧号和该配置索引值确定该控制信息的时域资源；
发送模块1300用于在该时域资源上发送该控制信息。
本发明实施例中，基站为减少时延传输的方法缩短了每一次控制信传输占用的时长，并据此来确定控制信息的传输资源，减少控制信息的传输时延，提高了CSI、SR和HARQ等控制信息传输的速度，从而减少了整个系统的处理时间，提高了系统的性能。
应理解，本发明实施例中，该控制信息可包括CSI、SR或HARQ应答信息等。
可选地，作为一个实施例，处理模块1300根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源具体实现为：根据系统帧号nf与M的乘积M*nf和该配置索引值确定该时域资源的位置，其中，M由该子帧的时长与该时域资源的时长确定，M为正整数。其中，M由该子帧的时长与该时域资源的时长确定，M为正整数。
例如，可以根据公式(M×nf+ns-NOFFSET)mod(Npd)＝0确定该时域资源。M的取值，例如，可以等于子帧的时长除以该时域资源的时长。如果子帧的时长除以该时域资源的时长不是整数，则取整数部分作为M值,即
Figure PCTCN2016094708-appb-000010
或者，可选地，作为另一个实施例，处理模块1300根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源具体实现为：根据系统帧号nf与M的乘积M*10*nf和该配置索引值确定该时域资源的位置，其中，M由该子帧的时长与该时域资源的时长确定，M为正整数。其中，M由该子帧的时长与该时域资源的时长确定，M为正整数。
例如，可以根据公式(M×10×nf+ns-NOFFSET)mod(Npd)＝0确定该时域资源。
可选地，作为一个实施例，该发送周期在时域上小于5个子帧长度且大于1个子帧长度。例如，该发送周期取值可以为2个子帧、3个子帧或4个子帧，等等。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，该配置索引值所指示的发送周期和时域资源偏移中至少一种的时域单位与该时域资源在时域上占用的时长相同。
例如，发送周期和时域资源偏移的时域单位都为时隙，且该时域资源在时域上占用的时长也是时隙；又例如，发送周期的时域单位为子帧，时域资源偏移的时域单位为时隙，且该时域资源在时域上占用的时长也是时隙，等等。
可选地，作为另一个实施例，处理模块1300根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源具体实现为：根据该配置索引值确定该发送周期和该第一时域资源偏移；根据该系统帧号、该发送周期、该第一时域资源偏移和第二时域资源偏移值确定该时域资源；其中，该第一时域偏移值是与该控制信息的类型相关联的偏移值，该第一时域偏移值用于指示所述控制信息在所述发送周期内的偏移值；该第二时域偏移值的时长等于一个或多个该时域资源的时长，或者该第二偏移值的时长等于一个子帧的时长。
进一步地，该第二时域资源偏移值是预定义的；或者，该第二时域资源偏移值是基站发送给UE的。
可选地，作为一个实施例，处理模块1300根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源具体实现为：根据该系统帧号和该配置索引值确定候选时域资源；如果该候选时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定该候选时域资源为该控制信息的时域资源。
或者，可选地，作为另一个实施例，处理模块1300根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源具体实现为：根据该系统帧号和该配置索引值确定候选时域资源；如果该候选时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定该时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为该控制信息的时域资源。
用户设备1300还可执行图7的方法，并实现用户设备在图7所示实施例的功能，本发明实施例在此不再赘述。
图14是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备1400的结构示意图。图14是本发明的一个实施例用户设备1400的结构示意图。用户设备1400的实体装置结构示意图可如图14所示，包括处理器1402、存储器1403、发射机1401和接收机1404。具体的应用中，发射机1401和接收机1404可以耦合到天线1405。
存储器1403，用于存放程序。具体地，程序可以包括程序代码，所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器1403可以包括只读存储器和随机存取 存储器，并向处理器1402提供指令和数据。存储器1403可能包含高速RAM存储器，也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory)，例如至少1个磁盘存储器。
处理器1402，执行存储器1403所存放的程序。
具体地，在用户设备1400中，处理器1402可通过接收机1404和发射机1401执行以下方法：
通过接收机1404接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示UE发送第二信息；
获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源并通过发射机1401在该第二时域资源上发送该第二信息。
上述如本发明图1所示实施例揭示的用户设备执行的方法可以应用于处理器1402中，或者由处理器1402实现。处理器1402可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1402中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1402可以是通用处理器，包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor，简称NP)等；还可以是数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1403，处理器1402读取存储器1403中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
图15是本发明的再一个实施例基站1500的结构示意图。图15是本发 明的一个实施例基站1500的结构示意图。基站1500的实体装置结构示意图可如图15所示，包括处理器1502、存储器1503、发射机1501和接收机1504。具体的应用中，发射机1501和接收机1504可以耦合到天线1505。
存储器1503，用于存放程序。具体地，程序可以包括程序代码，所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器1503可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器1502提供指令和数据。存储器1503可能包含高速RAM存储器，也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory)，例如至少1个磁盘存储器。
处理器1502，执行存储器1503所存放的程序。
具体地，在基站1500中，处理器1502可通过接收机1504和发射机1501执行以下方法：
通过发射机1501发送第一信息，其中，该第一信息用于指示UE发送第二信息；
通过发射机1501发送第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为该第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
确定该第二时域资源并通过接收机1504在该第二时域资源上接收该第二信息。
上述如本发明图3所示实施例揭示的基站执行的方法可以应用于处理器1502中，或者由处理器1502实现。处理器1502可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1502中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1502可以是通用处理器，包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor，简称NP)等；还可以是数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处 理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1503，处理器1502读取存储器1503中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
图16是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备1600的结构示意图。图16是本发明的一个实施例用户设备1600的结构示意图。用户设备1600的实体装置结构示意图可如图16所示，包括处理器1602、存储器1603、发射机1601和接收机1604。具体的应用中，发射机1601和接收机1604可以耦合到天线1605。
存储器1603，用于存放程序。具体地，程序可以包括程序代码，所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器1603可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器1602提供指令和数据。存储器1603可能包含高速RAM存储器，也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory)，例如至少1个磁盘存储器。
处理器1602，执行存储器1603所存放的程序。
具体地，在用户设备1600中，处理器1602可通过接收机1604和发射机1601执行以下方法：
通过发射机1601发送第一信息，该第一信息为数据信息；
获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二信息是对该第一信息的应答信息，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源并通过接收机1604在该第二时域资源上接收该第二信息。
上述如本发明图4所示实施例揭示的用户设备执行的方法可以应用于处理器1602中，或者由处理器1602实现。处理器1602可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1602中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1602可以是通用处理器，包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor，简称NP)等；还可以是数字信号 处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1603，处理器1602读取存储器1603中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
图17是本发明的再一个实施例基站1700的结构示意图。图17是本发明的一个实施例基站1700的结构示意图。基站1700的实体装置结构示意图可如图17所示，包括处理器1702、存储器1703、发射机1701和接收机1704。具体的应用中，发射机1701和接收机1704可以耦合到天线1705。
存储器1703，用于存放程序。具体地，程序可以包括程序代码，所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器1703可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器1702提供指令和数据。存储器1703可能包含高速RAM存储器，也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory)，例如至少1个磁盘存储器。
处理器1702，执行存储器1703所存放的程序。
具体地，在基站1700中，处理器1702可通过接收机1704和发射机1701执行以下方法：
通过接收机1704接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息为数据信息；
通过发射机1701发送第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二信息是对该第一信息的应答信息，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
确定该第二时域资源并通过发射机1701在该第二时域资源上发送该第二信息。
上述如本发明图5所示实施例揭示的基站执行的方法可以应用于处理器1702中，或者由处理器1702实现。处理器1702可能是一种集成电路芯片， 具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1702中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1702可以是通用处理器，包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor，简称NP)等；还可以是数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1703，处理器1702读取存储器1703中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
图18是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备1800的结构示意图。图18是本发明的一个实施例用户设备1800的结构示意图。用户设备1800的实体装置结构示意图可如图18所示，包括处理器1802、存储器1803、发射机1801和接收机1804。具体的应用中，发射机1801和接收机1804可以耦合到天线1805。
存储器1803，用于存放程序。具体地，程序可以包括程序代码，所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器1803可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器1802提供指令和数据。存储器1803可能包含高速RAM存储器，也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory)，例如至少1个磁盘存储器。
处理器1802，执行存储器1803所存放的程序。
具体地，在用户设备1800中，处理器1802可通过接收机1804和发射机1801执行以下方法：
通过接收机1804接收第一信息，其中，该第一信息是对第二信息的应答信息，该第二信息为数据信息；
获取第一参数值，其中，该第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，该第一时域资源为该第一信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源为第二信息所在的时域资源，该第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长 不大于一个子帧，并且该第二时域资源与该第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
根据该第一参数值确定该第二时域资源。
上述如本发明图6所示实施例揭示的用户设备执行的方法可以应用于处理器1802中，或者由处理器1802实现。处理器1802可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1802中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1802可以是通用处理器，包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor，简称NP)等；还可以是数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1803，处理器1802读取存储器1803中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
图19是本发明的再一个实施例用户设备1900的结构示意图。图19是本发明的一个实施例用户设备1900的结构示意图。用户设备1900的实体装置结构示意图可如图19所示，包括处理器1902、存储器1903、发射机1901和接收机1904。具体的应用中，发射机1901和接收机1904可以耦合到天线1905。
存储器1903，用于存放程序。具体地，程序可以包括程序代码，所述程序代码包括计算机操作指令。存储器1903可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器1902提供指令和数据。存储器1903可能包含高速RAM存储器，也可能还包括非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory)，例如至少1个磁盘存储器。
处理器1902，执行存储器1903所存放的程序。
具体地，在用户设备1900中，处理器1902可通过接收机1904和发射机1901执行以下方法：
通过接收机1904接收配置索引值，其中，该配置索引值用于指示控制信息的发送周期和第一时域资源偏移，该第一时域资源在时域上占用的时长小于一个子帧；
根据系统帧号和该配置索引值确定该控制信息的时域资源；
通过发射机1901在该时域资源上发送该控制信息。
上述如本发明图7所示实施例揭示的用户设备执行的方法可以应用于处理器1902中，或者由处理器1902实现。处理器1902可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1902中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1902可以是通用处理器，包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称CPU)、网络处理器(Network Processor，简称NP)等；还可以是数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1903，处理器1902读取存储器1903中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。
本发明实施例还提出了一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行图1所示实施例用户设备执行的方法的指令。
本发明实施例还提出了另一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行图3所示实施例基站执行的方法的指令。
本发明实施例还提出了再一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行图4所示实施例用户设备执行的方法的指令。
本发明实施例还提出了再一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行图5所示实施例基站执行的方法的指令。
本发明实施例还提出了再一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程序，该计算机程序包括用于执行图6所示实施例用户设备执行的方法的指令。
本发明实施例还提出了再一种计算机可读存储介质，用于存储计算机程 序，该计算机程序包括用于执行图7所示实施例用户设备执行的方法的指令。
应理解，在本发明的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质 中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本发明的具体实施方式，但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此，本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (51)

  1. 一种信息传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    接收第一信息，其中，所述第一信息用于指示用户设备UE发送第二信息；
    获取第一参数值，其中，所述第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，所述第一时域资源为所述第一信息所在的时域资源，所述第二时域资源为所述第二信息所在的时域资源，所述第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且所述第二时域资源与所述第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
    根据所述第一参数值确定所述第二时域资源并在所述第二时域资源上发送所述第二信息。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一参数值为所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值，所述根据所述第一参数值确定所述第二时域资源包括：
    根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源。
  3. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一参数值是所述第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者
    所述第一参数值是所述第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值；
    其中，所述映射关系包括所述第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，所述第一时域间隔值为所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述根据所述第一参数值确定所述第二时域资源包括：
    确定所述第一参数值所对应的映射关系；
    根据所述映射关系中确定所述第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；
    根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源。
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，
    当所述UE用于发送所述第二信息的载波为时分双工TDD载波时，所述根据所述映射关系中确定所述第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值包 括：根据所述映射关系确定所述第一时域资源和所述UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；
    其中，所述预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中所述第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
  6. 如权利要求2-5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源的时长等于所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长，并且等于以下中的任意一种：
    1个子帧的时域长度；或者
    1个时隙的时域长度；或者
    2个符号的时域长度；或者
    4个符号的时域长度。
  7. 如权利要求2-5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二时域资源的时长小于或等于所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，
    所述方法还包括：获取第二参数值，所述第二参数值用于指示所述第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，所述第二子帧是所述第二时域资源所在的子帧；
    其中，所述根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源包括：根据所述第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定所述第二子帧，其中，所述第一子帧是所述第一时域资源所在子帧；根据所述第二参数值确定所述第二时域资源在所述第二子帧的位置。
  9. 如权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，所述第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和所述第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，所述第二子帧是所述第二时域资源所在子帧，所述第一子帧是所述第一时域资源所在子帧；
    其中，所述根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源包括：根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一子帧确定所述第二子帧；根据所述第一时域资源在所述第一子帧的位置和所述第二时域资源在所 述第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定所述第二时域资源在所述第二子帧的位置。
  10. 如权利要求2-9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源包括：
    确定第三时域资源，所述第三时域资源为所述第一时域资源之后，与所述第一时域资源相隔所述第一时域间隔值的时域资源；
    如果所述第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定所述第三时域资源为所述第二时域资源；或者
    如果所述第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定所述第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为所述第二时域资源。
  11. 如权利要求1-10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述获取所述第一参数值包括：
    获取指示信息，所述指示信息对应于所述第一参数值；
    根据所述指示信息确定所述第一参数值；
    其中，所述指示信息为以下任意一种：
    所述UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、所述UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、所述UE的传输模式信息、所述UE的能力信息或所述第二时域资源的时长类型。
  12. 一种信息传输方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    发送第一信息，其中，所述第一信息用于指示用户设备UE发送第二信息；
    发送第一参数值，其中，所述第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，所述第一时域资源为所述第一信息所在的时域资源，所述第二时域资源为所述第二信息所在的时域资源，所述第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且所述第二时域资源与所述第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
    确定所述第二时域资源并在所述第二时域资源上接收所述第二信息。
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一参数值为所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源之间的第一 时域间隔值，所述确定所述第二时域资源包括：
    根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源。
  14. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一参数值是所述第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者
    所述第一参数值是所述第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值；
    其中，所述映射关系包括所述第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，所述第一时域间隔值为所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述确定所述第二时域资源包括：
    确定所述第一参数值所对应的映射关系；
    根据所述映射关系中确定所述第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；
    根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源。
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，
    当所述UE用于发送所述第二信息的载波为时分双工TDD载波时，所述根据所述映射关系中确定所述第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值包括：根据所述映射关系确定所述第一时域资源和所述UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；
    其中，所述预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中所述第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
  17. 如权利要求13-16中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源的时长等于所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长，并且等于以下中的任意一种：
    1个子帧的时域长度；或者
    1个时隙的时域长度；或者
    2个符号的时域长度；或者
    4个符号的时域长度。
  18. 如权利要求13-16中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二时域资源的时长小于所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
  19. 如权利要求18中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，
    所述方法还包括：发送第二参数值，所述第二参数值用于指示所述第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，所述第二子帧是所述第二时域资源所在的子帧；
    其中，所述根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源包括：根据所述第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定所述第二子帧，其中，所述第一子帧是所述第一时域资源所在子帧；根据所述第二参数值确定所述第二时域资源在所述第二子帧的位置。
  20. 如权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，所述第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和所述第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，所述第二子帧是所述第二时域资源所在子帧，所述第一子帧是所述第一时域资源所在子帧；
    其中，所述根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源包括：根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一子帧确定所述第二子帧；根据所述第一时域资源在所述第一子帧的位置和所述第二时域资源在所述第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定所述第二时域资源在所述第二子帧的位置。
  21. 如权利要求13-20中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源包括：
    确定第三时域资源，所述第三时域资源为所述第一时域资源之后，与所述第一时域资源相隔所述第一时域间隔值的时域资源；
    如果所述第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定所述第三时域资源为所述第二时域资源；或者
    如果所述第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定所述第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为所述第二时域资源。
  22. 如权利要求12-21中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述发送所述第一参数值包括：
    发送指示信息，所述指示信息对应于所述第一参数值；
    根据所述指示信息确定所述第一参数值；
    其中，所述指示信息为以下任意一种：
    所述UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、所述UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、所述UE的传输模式信息、所述UE的能力信息或所述第二时域资源的时长类型。
  23. 一种控制信息传输方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收配置索引值，其中，所述配置索引值用于指示控制信息的发送周期和第一时域资源偏移，所述第一时域资源在时域上占用的时长小于一个子帧；
    根据系统帧号和所述配置索引值确定所述控制信息的时域资源；
    在所述时域资源上发送所述控制信息。
  24. 如权利要求23所述的方法，所述控制信息包括信道状态信息CSI，调度请求SR或混合自动重传请求HARQ应答信息。
  25. 如权利要求23或24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述配置索引值所指示的所述发送周期和所述时域资源偏移中至少一种的时域单位与所述时域资源在时域上占用的时长相同。
  26. 如权利要求23或24所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述根据系统帧号和所述配置索引值确定所述控制信息的时域资源包括：
    根据所述配置索引值确定所述发送周期和所述第一时域资源偏移；
    根据所述系统帧号、所述发送周期、所述第一时域资源偏移和第二时域资源偏移值确定所述时域资源；
    其中，所述第一时域偏移值是与所述控制信息的类型相关联的偏移值，所述第一时域偏移值用于指示所述控制信息在所述发送周期内的偏移值；所述第二时域偏移值的时长等于一个或多个所述时域资源的时长，或者所述第二偏移值的时长等于一个子帧的时长。
  27. 如权利要求23或24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源包括：
    根据系统帧号nf与M的乘积M*nf和所述配置索引值确定所述时域资源的位置；或者
    根据系统帧号nf与M的乘积M*10*nf和所述配置索引值确定所述时域 资源的位置；
    其中，M由所述子帧的时长与所述时域资源的时长确定，M为正整数。
  28. 如权利要求23-27中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述根据系统帧号和配置索引值确定控制信息的时域资源包括：
    根据所述系统帧号和所述配置索引值确定候选时域资源；
    如果所述候选时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定所述候选时域资源为所述控制信息的时域资源；或者
    如果所述候选时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定所述时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为所述控制信息的时域资源。
  29. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：发送模块、接收模块和处理模块，其中，
    所述接收模块用于接收第一信息，其中，所述第一信息用于指示所述用户设备发送第二信息；
    所述处理模块用于获取第一参数值，其中，所述第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，所述第一时域资源为所述第一信息所在的时域资源，所述第二时域资源为所述第二信息所在的时域资源，所述第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且所述第二时域资源与所述第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
    所述处理模块还用于根据所述第一参数值确定所述第二时域资源；
    所述发送模块用于在所述第二时域资源上发送所述第二信息。
  30. 如权利要求29所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述第一参数值为所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值，所述处理模块具体用于：根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源。
  31. 如权利要求29所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：所述第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，所述映射关系包括所述第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，所述第一时域间隔值为所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
  32. 如权利要求31所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述第一参数值是所述第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者
    所述第一参数值是所述第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值；
    其中，所述处理模块具体用于：
    确定所述第一参数值所对应的映射关系；
    根据所述映射关系中确定所述第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；
    根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源。
  33. 如权利要求32所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    当所述用户设备用于发送所述第二信息的载波为时分双工TDD载波时，所述处理模块具体用于：根据所述映射关系确定所述第一时域资源和所述用户设备的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；
    其中，所述预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中所述第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
  34. 如权利要求30-33中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源的时长等于所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长，并且等于以下中的任意一种：
    1个子帧的时域长度；或者
    1个时隙的时域长度；或者
    2个符号的时域长度；或者
    4个符号的时域长度。
  35. 如权利要求30-34中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述第二时域资源的时长小于或等于所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
  36. 如权利要求35所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，
    所述处理模块还用于：获取第二参数值，所述第二参数值用于指示所述第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，所述第二子帧是所述第二时域资源所在的子帧；
    其中，所述处理模块具体用于：
    根据所述第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定所述第二子帧，其中，所述第一子帧是所述第一时域资源所在子帧；
    根据所述第二参数值确定所述第二时域资源在所述第二子帧的位置。
  37. 如权利要求36所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，所述第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和所述第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，所述第二子帧是所述第二时域资源所在子帧，所述第一子帧是所述第一时域资源所在子帧；
    所述处理模块具体用于：
    根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一子帧确定所述第二子帧；
    根据所述第一时域资源在所述第一子帧的位置和所述第二时域资源在所述第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定所述第二时域资源在所述第二子帧的位置。
  38. 如权利要求30-37中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块具体用于：
    确定第三时域资源，所述第三时域资源为所述第一时域资源之后，与所述第一时域资源相隔所述第一时域间隔值的时域资源；
    如果所述第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定所述第三时域资源为所述第二时域资源；或者
    如果所述第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定所述第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为所述第二时域资源。
  39. 如权利要求29-38中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块具体用于：
    获取指示信息，所述指示信息对应于所述第一参数值；
    根据所述指示信息确定所述第一参数值；
    其中，所述指示信息为以下任意一种：
    所述用户设备的最大传输时延提前TA值、所述用户设备的最大传输块大小TBS值、所述用户设备的传输模式信息、所述用户设备的能力信息或所述第二时域资源的时长类型。
  40. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括：发送模块、接收模块和处理模块，其中，
    所述发送模块用于发送第一信息，其中，所述第一信息用于指示用户设 备UE发送第二信息；
    所述发送模块还用于发送第一参数值，其中，所述第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，所述第一时域资源为所述第一信息所在的时域资源，所述第二时域资源为所述第二信息所在的时域资源，所述第二时域资源在时域上占用的时长不大于一个子帧，并且所述第二时域资源与所述第一时域资源之间的间隔小于四个子帧；
    所述处理模块用于确定所述第二时域资源；
    所述接收模块用于在所述第二时域资源上接收所述第二信息。
  41. 如权利要求40所述的基站，其特征在于，所述第一参数值为所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源之间的第一时域间隔值，所述处理模块具体用于：
    根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源。
  42. 如权利要求40所述的基站，其特征在于，
    所述第一参数值用于指示第一时域资源与第二时域资源的位置关系，包括：所述第一参数值对应于预定义的映射关系，所述映射关系包括所述第一时域资源的位置与第一时域间隔值之间的对应关系，所述第一时域间隔值为所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源之间的时域间隔值。
  43. 如权利要求42所述的基站，其特征在于，
    所述第一参数值是所述第一参数值对应的映射关系的索引值；或者
    所述第一参数值是所述第一参数值对应的预定义的映射关系中的最小的时域间隔值；
    其中，所述处理模块具体用于：
    确定所述第一参数值所对应的映射关系；
    根据所述映射关系中确定所述第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值；
    根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一时域资源确定所述第二时域资源。
  44. 如权利要求43所述的基站，其特征在于，
    当所述UE用于发送所述第二信息的载波为时分双工TDD载波时，所述处理模块具体用于：根据所述映射关系确定所述第一时域资源和所述UE的TDD上下行配置所对应的第一时域间隔值；
    其中，所述预定义的映射关系包括：多种TDD上下行配置的每一种TDD上下行配置中所述第一时域资源所对应的第一时域间隔值。
  45. 如权利要求41-44中任一项所述的基站，其特征在于，
    所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源的时长等于所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长，并且等于以下中的任意一种：
    为1个子帧的时域长度；或者
    为1个时隙的时域长度；或者
    为2个符号的时域长度；或者
    为4个符号的时域长度。
  46. 如权利要求41-44中任一项所述的基站，其特征在于，
    所述第二时域资源的时长小于或等于所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位的时长。
  47. 如权利要求46所述的基站，其特征在于，
    所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，
    所述发送模块还用于发送第二参数值，所述第二参数值用于指示所述第二时域资源在第二子帧中的位置，所述第二子帧是所述第二时域资源所在的子帧；
    所述处理模块具体用于：
    根据所述第一时域间隔值和第一子帧确定所述第二子帧，其中，所述第一子帧是所述第一时域资源所在子帧；
    根据所述第二参数值确定所述第二时域资源在所述第二子帧的位置。
  48. 如权利要求47所述的基站，其特征在于，
    所述第一时域间隔值的时域单位为子帧，所述第一时域资源在第一子帧的位置和所述第二时域资源在第二子帧的位置之间的关系是预定义的，所述第二子帧是所述第二时域资源所在子帧，所述第一子帧是所述第一时域资源所在子帧；
    所述处理模块具体用于：
    根据所述第一时域间隔值和所述第一子帧确定所述第二子帧；
    根据所述第一时域资源在所述第一子帧的位置和所述第二时域资源在所述第二子帧的位置之间的关系确定所述第二时域资源在所述第二子帧的位置。
  49. 如权利要求41-48中任一项所述的基站，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块具体用于：
    确定第三时域资源，所述第三时域资源为所述第一时域资源之后，与所述第一时域资源相隔所述第一时域间隔值的时域资源；
    如果所述第三时域资源为可用的上行时域资源，则确定所述第三时域资源为所述第二时域资源；或者
    如果所述第三时域资源为下行时域资源或不可用时域资源，则确定所述第三时域资源之后的上行时域资源中第一个可用的时域资源为所述第二时域资源。
  50. 如权利要求40-49中任一项所述的基站，其特征在于，
    所述发送模块具体用于：
    发送指示信息，所述指示信息对应于所述第一参数值；
    根据所述指示信息确定所述第一参数值；
    其中，所述指示信息为以下任意一种：
    所述UE的最大传输时延提前TA值、所述UE的最大传输块大小TBS值、所述UE的传输模式信息、所述UE的能力信息或所述第二时域资源的时长类型。
  51. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：发送模块、接收模块和处理模块，其中，
    所述接收模块用于接收配置索引值，其中，所述配置索引值用于指示控制信息的发送周期和第一时域资源偏移，所述第一时域资源在时域上占用的时长小于一个子帧；
    所述处理模块用于根据系统帧号和所述配置索引值确定所述控制信息的时域资源；
    所述发送模块用于在所述时域资源上发送所述控制信息。
PCT/CN2016/094708 2016-08-11 2016-08-11 信息传输方法、基站和用户设备 WO2018027818A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020197006143A KR102192556B1 (ko) 2016-08-11 2016-08-11 정보 송신 방법, 기지국, 및 사용자 장비
RU2019106508A RU2729414C1 (ru) 2016-08-11 2016-08-11 Способ передачи информации, базовая станция и оборудование пользователя
BR112019002521A BR112019002521A2 (pt) 2016-08-11 2016-08-11 método de transmissão de informações, estação base e equipamento de usuário
JP2019507141A JP6728478B2 (ja) 2016-08-11 2016-08-11 情報送信方法、基地局、及び、ユーザ機器
PCT/CN2016/094708 WO2018027818A1 (zh) 2016-08-11 2016-08-11 信息传输方法、基站和用户设备
EP16912273.6A EP3484056B1 (en) 2016-08-11 2016-08-11 Information transmission method, base station, and user equipment
CN202010942418.XA CN112188625B (zh) 2016-08-11 2016-08-11 信息传输方法、基站和用户设备
CN201680087896.9A CN109478903B (zh) 2016-08-11 2016-08-11 信息传输方法、基站和用户设备
US16/271,160 US11115999B2 (en) 2016-08-11 2019-02-08 Information transmission method, base station, and user equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2016/094708 WO2018027818A1 (zh) 2016-08-11 2016-08-11 信息传输方法、基站和用户设备

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/271,160 Continuation US11115999B2 (en) 2016-08-11 2019-02-08 Information transmission method, base station, and user equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018027818A1 true WO2018027818A1 (zh) 2018-02-15

Family

ID=61161525

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2016/094708 WO2018027818A1 (zh) 2016-08-11 2016-08-11 信息传输方法、基站和用户设备

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (1) US11115999B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3484056B1 (zh)
JP (1) JP6728478B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR102192556B1 (zh)
CN (2) CN112188625B (zh)
BR (1) BR112019002521A2 (zh)
RU (1) RU2729414C1 (zh)
WO (1) WO2018027818A1 (zh)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020042036A1 (zh) * 2018-08-29 2020-03-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信方法和通信设备
CN110971377A (zh) * 2018-09-30 2020-04-07 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法和装置
US11917635B2 (en) 2019-04-02 2024-02-27 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Network node, user equipment (UE), and associated methods for scheduling of the UE by the network node

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111770576B (zh) * 2019-04-02 2023-03-24 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种传输方法、终端和网络侧设备

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101399632A (zh) * 2007-09-29 2009-04-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 为数据传输配置资源的方法及装置
CN101500311A (zh) * 2008-01-31 2009-08-05 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种持续调度资源的分配方法、系统及装置
CN101615928A (zh) * 2008-06-25 2009-12-30 三星电子株式会社 Lte系统中传输srs信令的方法和装置

Family Cites Families (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6418148B1 (en) * 1995-10-05 2002-07-09 Lucent Technologies Inc. Burst-level resource allocation in cellular systems
US7702289B2 (en) * 2005-07-21 2010-04-20 Motorola, Inc. Fast acquisition of a communication uplink allocation in a mobile communication system based on mobile processing capabilities
CN101616118B (zh) * 2008-06-24 2012-12-19 中兴通讯股份有限公司 下行专用导频和物理资源块的映射方法
CN101394668B (zh) * 2008-10-24 2012-04-18 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种调度请求信号的发送方法及装置
US8223739B2 (en) * 2008-10-29 2012-07-17 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus of dynamic bandwidth management
KR20110027533A (ko) * 2009-09-09 2011-03-16 엘지전자 주식회사 다중 안테나 시스템에서 제어정보 전송 방법 및 장치
US20120178449A1 (en) * 2011-01-11 2012-07-12 Liao Ching-Yu Apparatuses and methods for handling mobility management (mm) back-offs
CN102281229B (zh) * 2011-08-24 2017-12-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种通信系统中转换间隔的配置方法及装置
WO2014113995A1 (en) * 2013-01-28 2014-07-31 Empire Technology Development Llc Maintaining uplink synchronization
CN103997788B (zh) * 2013-02-18 2019-01-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 用于设备到设备通信的设备发现方法及用户设备、网络侧设备
US9432809B2 (en) * 2013-07-12 2016-08-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Providing OTDOA PRS assistance data
CN105766043B (zh) * 2013-11-29 2019-05-14 夏普株式会社 终端装置、基站装置、集成电路以及通信方法
US9907056B2 (en) * 2014-08-06 2018-02-27 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. System and method for allocating resources for device-to-device communications
CN105337706A (zh) * 2014-08-07 2016-02-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 数据发送方法、装置及系统
CN104468030B (zh) * 2014-08-26 2018-06-05 上海华为技术有限公司 一种数据传输方法、用户设备及基站
CN107148803A (zh) * 2014-10-28 2017-09-08 Lg 电子株式会社 在无线通信系统中执行用于授权协助接入的发送和接收的回退的方法和装置
US20160183294A1 (en) * 2014-12-23 2016-06-23 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Base station and terminal of wireless communication system
CN104661316A (zh) * 2015-01-28 2015-05-27 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种载波聚合下调度请求的发送方法、装置和终端
EP3269067B1 (en) * 2015-03-09 2019-08-07 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Reducing reference signals when communicating multiple sub-subframes between a base station and a wireless terminal
US10244526B2 (en) * 2015-11-12 2019-03-26 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving using short TTI
US10623155B2 (en) * 2015-12-07 2020-04-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Uplink channel transmitting method and user device, and uplink channel receiving method and base station
US10271316B2 (en) * 2016-03-21 2019-04-23 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha User equipments, base stations and methods
CN107295655A (zh) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-24 电信科学技术研究院 一种传输资源指示方法、基站、ue和系统
KR20170114071A (ko) * 2016-04-01 2017-10-13 주식회사 케이티 Short TTI 프레임 구조에서 sPUSCH 관련 Ack/Nack 연결 설정 방법 및 그 장치
US10602489B2 (en) * 2016-04-01 2020-03-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Self-contained uplink for reduced duration transmission time interval
JP2019125816A (ja) * 2016-05-12 2019-07-25 シャープ株式会社 端末装置および方法
US10708100B2 (en) * 2016-05-19 2020-07-07 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Systems and methods for frequency-division duplex transmission time interval operation
US20190132860A1 (en) * 2016-06-09 2019-05-02 Intel IP Corporation Scheduling request transmissions in the unlicensed spectrum
WO2017213421A1 (ko) * 2016-06-10 2017-12-14 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 레이턴시 감소를 위한 신호 송수신 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
WO2018021203A1 (ja) * 2016-07-26 2018-02-01 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ ユーザ端末及び無線通信方法
CN107666454B (zh) * 2016-07-28 2022-04-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 上下行数据处理方法及装置
CN107690181B (zh) * 2016-08-05 2019-09-17 电信科学技术研究院 一种短传输时间间隔传输的功率控制方法及装置
KR102355797B1 (ko) * 2016-08-09 2022-01-26 삼성전자 주식회사 무선 셀룰라 통신 시스템에서 채널 전송 방법 및 장치
EP3499981B1 (en) * 2016-08-10 2020-09-23 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America Terminal and communication method
US10873437B2 (en) * 2016-08-11 2020-12-22 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Systems and methods for frequency-division duplex transmission time interval operation
US10182452B2 (en) * 2016-08-11 2019-01-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for communicating feedback in low latency wireless communications
KR102120856B1 (ko) * 2016-09-09 2020-06-10 주식회사 케이티 짧은 전송 시간 간격의 프레임 구조에서 상향링크 제어 채널을 송수신하는 방법 및 그 장치
CN108347782B (zh) * 2017-01-25 2019-12-20 电信科学技术研究院 一种上行控制信息发送、接收方法、终端及基站

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101399632A (zh) * 2007-09-29 2009-04-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 为数据传输配置资源的方法及装置
CN101500311A (zh) * 2008-01-31 2009-08-05 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种持续调度资源的分配方法、系统及装置
CN101615928A (zh) * 2008-06-25 2009-12-30 三星电子株式会社 Lte系统中传输srs信令的方法和装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3484056A4 *

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020042036A1 (zh) * 2018-08-29 2020-03-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信方法和通信设备
CN111698062A (zh) * 2018-08-29 2020-09-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信方法和通信设备
AU2018439800B2 (en) * 2018-08-29 2021-09-23 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Wireless communications method and communications device
US11223463B2 (en) 2018-08-29 2022-01-11 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Wireless communications method and communications device
RU2770178C1 (ru) * 2018-08-29 2022-04-14 Гуандун Оппо Мобайл Телекоммьюникейшнз Корп., Лтд. Способ беспроводной связи и устройство связи
US11664950B2 (en) 2018-08-29 2023-05-30 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Wireless communications method and communications device
CN111698062B (zh) * 2018-08-29 2023-08-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 无线通信方法和通信设备
CN110971377A (zh) * 2018-09-30 2020-04-07 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法和装置
CN110971377B (zh) * 2018-09-30 2021-09-21 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法和装置
US11917635B2 (en) 2019-04-02 2024-02-27 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Network node, user equipment (UE), and associated methods for scheduling of the UE by the network node

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112188625A (zh) 2021-01-05
JP6728478B2 (ja) 2020-07-22
BR112019002521A2 (pt) 2019-05-28
US20190174535A1 (en) 2019-06-06
EP3484056A4 (en) 2019-06-26
KR102192556B1 (ko) 2020-12-17
RU2729414C1 (ru) 2020-08-06
CN112188625B (zh) 2024-09-06
EP3484056A1 (en) 2019-05-15
CN109478903A (zh) 2019-03-15
KR20190035833A (ko) 2019-04-03
CN109478903B (zh) 2020-09-29
EP3484056B1 (en) 2024-10-09
US11115999B2 (en) 2021-09-07
JP2019528616A (ja) 2019-10-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA3061633C (en) Beam configuration method and apparatus
US11855925B2 (en) Uplink control information sending and receiving method and apparatus
CN111867074B (zh) 接收数据和发送数据的方法、通信装置
US11166303B2 (en) Data transmission method, terminal device and network device
US12035311B2 (en) Feedback information sending method and apparatus
JP6847260B2 (ja) 無線通信方法及びデバイス
US20220174720A1 (en) Sidelink Feedback Information Transmission Method and Communications Apparatus
WO2019028832A1 (zh) 激活辅小区的方法、通信装置和网络设备
CN111867038A (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
US11115999B2 (en) Information transmission method, base station, and user equipment
US11191066B2 (en) Method for transmitting data, terminal device and network device
WO2019018991A1 (zh) 传输数据的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US11991684B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2018076326A1 (zh) 用于上行载波聚合的通信方法和装置
WO2018072062A1 (zh) 信息传输方法和装置
WO2019028904A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法、网络设备和终端设备
JP7091391B2 (ja) 情報送信方法、基地局、及び、ユーザ機器
RU2779842C2 (ru) Способ передачи информации, базовая станция и оборудование пользователя
WO2018058537A1 (zh) 传输信号的方法和装置
WO2022151266A1 (zh) 一种媒体接入访问mac信令适用时间的确定方法和装置
CN117322083A (zh) 用于半持久调度（sps）混合自动重传请求（harq）跳过的上行链路控制信息（uci）复用

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16912273

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019507141

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016912273

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20190211

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20197006143

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112019002521

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112019002521

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20190207